WO2014123056A1 - Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014123056A1
WO2014123056A1 PCT/JP2014/052073 JP2014052073W WO2014123056A1 WO 2014123056 A1 WO2014123056 A1 WO 2014123056A1 JP 2014052073 W JP2014052073 W JP 2014052073W WO 2014123056 A1 WO2014123056 A1 WO 2014123056A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
carbon atoms
substrate
independently
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/052073
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
和樹 栗沢
林 正直
小川 真治
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to US14/765,104 priority Critical patent/US9719017B2/en
Priority to KR1020157014480A priority patent/KR101563575B1/en
Priority to CN201480084702.0A priority patent/CN107850809B/en
Priority to JP2014560740A priority patent/JP5741777B2/en
Priority to EP14748946.2A priority patent/EP2955570B1/en
Publication of WO2014123056A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014123056A1/en
Priority to US15/659,759 priority patent/US10344214B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • C09K19/2007Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups
    • C09K19/2014Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups containing additionally a linking group other than -COO- or -OCO-, e.g. -CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-, -C=C-; containing at least one additional carbon atom in the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups, e.g. -(CH2)m-COO-(CH2)n-
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • C09K19/322Compounds containing a naphthalene ring or a completely or partially hydrogenated naphthalene ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/36Steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133707Structures for producing distorted electric fields, e.g. bumps, protrusions, recesses, slits in pixel electrodes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1341Filling or closing of cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F230/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal
    • C08F230/04Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal
    • C08F230/08Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal containing silicon
    • C08F230/085Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal containing silicon the monomer being a polymerisable silane, e.g. (meth)acryloyloxy trialkoxy silanes or vinyl trialkoxysilanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K2019/0444Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group
    • C09K2019/0448Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group the end chain group being a polymerizable end group, e.g. -Sp-P or acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • C09K2019/121Compounds containing phenylene-1,4-diyl (-Ph-)
    • C09K2019/122Ph-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • C09K2019/183Ph-Ph-C≡C-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • C09K2019/3004Cy-Cy
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • C09K2019/3009Cy-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • C09K2019/301Cy-Cy-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • C09K2019/3016Cy-Ph-Ph
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133357Planarisation layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133397Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods for suppressing after-image or image-sticking

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display element useful as a constituent member for a liquid crystal TV or the like and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • Liquid crystal display elements are used in various measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, watches, advertisement display boards, etc., including clocks and calculators.
  • Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, vertical alignment type (vertical alignment; VA) using TFT (thin film transistor), and IPS. (In-plane switching) type.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in these liquid crystal display elements is stable against external factors such as moisture, air, heat, and light, and exhibits a liquid crystal phase in the widest possible temperature range centering on room temperature. It is required to be viscous and have a low driving voltage.
  • the liquid crystal composition is composed of several to several tens of kinds of compounds in order to optimize dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ), refractive index anisotropy ( ⁇ n), etc. for each liquid crystal display element. It is composed of
  • a liquid crystal composition having a negative ⁇ is used, which is widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like.
  • low voltage driving, high-speed response, and a wide operating temperature range are required. That is, the absolute value of ⁇ is large, the viscosity ( ⁇ ) is small, and a high nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T NI ) is required.
  • T NI nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • T NI nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • ⁇ n ⁇ d which is the product of ⁇ n and the cell gap (d)
  • it is necessary to adjust ⁇ n of the liquid crystal composition to an appropriate range according to the cell gap when applying a liquid crystal display element to a television or the like, since high-speed response is important, a liquid crystal composition having a low rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) is required.
  • an MVA (multi-domain vertical alignment) type that divides the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in a pixel into a plurality of parts by providing a protrusion structure on the substrate.
  • Liquid crystal display elements have been widely used.
  • the MVA type liquid crystal display element is excellent in view angle characteristics, the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is different between the vicinity of the protrusion structure on the substrate and the part away from the protrusion structure, and the liquid crystal having a slow response speed away from the protrusion structure. Due to the influence of the molecules, there is a problem that the overall response speed is insufficient, and there is a problem of a decrease in transmittance due to the protruding structure.
  • PSA is a method for providing a uniform pretilt angle in a divided pixel without providing a non-transparent protrusion structure in a cell, unlike a normal MVA liquid crystal display element.
  • Liquid crystal display elements including polymer sustained alignment: polymer sustaining alignment and PS liquid crystal display elements (polymer stabilized) have been developed.
  • a PSA liquid crystal display element is obtained by adding a small amount of a polymerizable compound to a liquid crystal composition, introducing the liquid crystal composition into a liquid crystal cell, and then applying active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. It is produced by polymerizing the polymerizable compound.
  • the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element has also undergone great changes. That is, in the conventional vacuum injection method, when a large panel is manufactured, the manufacturing process takes a lot of time. Therefore, in the manufacture of a large panel, a manufacturing method using an ODF (one-drop-fill) method is mainly used. (For example, see Patent Document 2). Since this method can shorten the injection time compared with the vacuum injection method, it has become the mainstream method for manufacturing liquid crystal display elements. However, a phenomenon in which a drop mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dropped remains in the liquid crystal display element in a dropped shape after the liquid crystal display element is produced has become a new problem.
  • ODF one-drop-fill
  • a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black.
  • the occurrence of dripping marks often depends on the selection of the liquid crystal material, and the cause is not clear.
  • the polymerizable compound mixed in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized to form a polymer layer in the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby suppressing the drop mark generated in relation to the alignment film.
  • a method is disclosed (for example, see Patent Document 3).
  • this method like the PSA method, there is a problem of display burn-in caused by the polymerizable compound added to the liquid crystal composition, and the effect of suppressing the drop marks is insufficient.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and does not deteriorate various characteristics such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) and the like, and is dropped during production and manufacturing. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element in which generation of a mark is suppressed and a manufacturing method thereof.
  • the present inventors have studied various liquid crystal compositions and combinations of methods for imparting a pretilt angle in a liquid crystal display device. As a result, two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds were added to the liquid crystal composition.
  • a substrate constituting the liquid crystal cell in a method of polymerizing the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition by irradiation with active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell It has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by combining a specific compound as liquid crystal molecules without providing an alignment film thereon, and the present invention has been completed.
  • R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms
  • 8 represents an alkenyloxy group
  • Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • l 1 represents 1 or 2
  • Q 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 3 ⁇ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • R 4 ⁇ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms
  • Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best
  • G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - contains a representative
  • a compound represented by - CF 2 O-or -OCF 2 Provided is a liquid crystal display element characterized by
  • the present invention also provides a liquid crystal composition between a first substrate having a common electrode and a color filter layer, and a second substrate having a plurality of pixels and a pixel electrode for each of the pixels.
  • R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms
  • 8 represents an alkenyloxy group
  • Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • l 1 represents 1 or 2
  • Q 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 3 ⁇ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • R 4 ⁇ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms
  • Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best
  • G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - CF 2 O- or -OCF 2 -.
  • liquid crystal in which image sticking and generation of dripping marks during production are suppressed without deteriorating various properties such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ), etc.
  • a display element and a manufacturing method thereof are provided.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element in which a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer to displace the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer.
  • a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer to displace the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer.
  • This is based on the principle of acting as an optical switch by transferring, and a well-known and conventional technique can be used in this respect.
  • a method of applying a charge vertically between the substrates is generally employed. In this case, one electrode is a common electrode and the other electrode is a pixel electrode. The most typical embodiment of this scheme will be shown below.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 of the present embodiment includes a first substrate 11, a second substrate 12, and a liquid crystal layer that is sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 and contains a liquid crystal composition. 13, a common electrode 14 provided on the surface of the first substrate 11 facing the liquid crystal layer 13, a pixel electrode 15 provided on the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the liquid crystal layer 13, A color filter 18 provided between one substrate 11 and the common electrode 14 is schematically configured.
  • a glass substrate or a plastic substrate is used as the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12.
  • a substrate made of a resin such as acrylic resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, or cyclic olefin resin is used.
  • the common electrode 14 and the pixel electrode 15 are usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
  • ITO indium-added tin oxide
  • the pixel electrodes 15 are arranged in a matrix on the second substrate 12.
  • the pixel electrode 15 is controlled by a drain electrode of an active element typified by a TFT switching element (not shown).
  • the TFT switching element has a gate line as an address signal line and a source line as a data line in a matrix. is doing.
  • the pixel electrode 15 has two or more regions having different pretilt directions of liquid crystal molecules in the pixel. In this way, by defining the pretilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules and dividing the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules fall within the pixel into several regions, the viewing angle characteristics are improved.
  • a pixel electrode having a slit (a portion where no electrode is formed) having a pattern such as a stripe shape or a V shape may be provided in each pixel.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing a typical form of a slit electrode (comb electrode) when the inside of a pixel is divided into four regions.
  • the slit electrode has comb-like slits in four directions from the center of the pixel, so that the liquid crystal molecules in each pixel that are substantially perpendicularly aligned with respect to the substrate when no voltage is applied are applied with voltage application.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are directed in four different directions, approaching horizontal alignment.
  • the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the pixel can be divided into a plurality of parts, so that the viewing angle characteristic is extremely wide.
  • the pixel electrode 15 has a slit (is a slit electrode).
  • a method of providing a structure such as a linear protrusion in the pixel, a method of providing an electrode other than the pixel electrode and the common electrode, and the like are applied (not shown). And a method of providing the structure is preferable.
  • the said structure should just have at least one of the 1st board
  • a configuration using a slit electrode is preferable from the viewpoint of transmittance and ease of manufacture. Since the slit electrode does not have a driving force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied, the slit electrode cannot give a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules. However, in the present invention, a pretilt angle can be imparted by providing an alignment control layer to be described later, and a wide viewing angle by pixel division can be achieved by combining with a slit electrode obtained by pixel division.
  • having a pretilt angle means that a direction perpendicular to a substrate surface (a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 in the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12) in a state where no voltage is applied, and liquid crystal molecules This means that the direction of the director is slightly different.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a vertical alignment (VA) type liquid crystal display element
  • the director of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface when no voltage is applied.
  • vertical alignment films such as polyimide, polyamide, polysiloxane, etc. are arranged between the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer, respectively.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention does not have such an alignment film.
  • an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray is irradiated while a voltage is applied between the electrodes and the liquid crystal molecules are slightly tilted.
  • An appropriate pretilt angle is imparted by polymerizing the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition.
  • two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds are used, and an alignment control layer is formed from these polymerizable compounds.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are substantially vertically aligned means a state in which the director of the vertically aligned liquid crystal molecules is slightly tilted from the vertical direction to give a pretilt angle.
  • the angle formed by the direction completely parallel to the substrate surface and the direction of the director of the liquid crystal molecules is 90 °, and the liquid crystal molecules are completely homogeneously aligned (
  • the angle is preferably 89 to 85 °, more preferably 89 to 87 °. It is.
  • Two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds may have any structure different from each other, but preferably include a first polymerizable compound and a second polymerizable compound described below.
  • Each of the first polymerizable compound and the second polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the first polymerizable compound include those having one polymerizable group, or an alkylene group (one or two in the alkylene group) between two polymerizable groups and these polymerizable groups.
  • the above methylene groups are independently oxygen atoms, —CO—, —COO— or Those having — which may be substituted with —OCO— are preferred.
  • the first polymerizable compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate, and if it has one polymerizable group, it is a monofunctional (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group. It is preferable.
  • (meth) acrylate means both acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryloyl group means acryloyl group (H 2 C ⁇ CH—CO Both-) and methacryloyl groups (H 2 C ⁇ C (CH 3 ) —CO—) are meant.
  • —COO— means “—C ( ⁇ O) —O—”
  • —OCO— means “—O—C ( ⁇ O) —”.
  • the first polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X1a)
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • a 3 and A 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms).
  • a 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms).
  • B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are
  • each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more of the alkyl groups may be substituted.
  • Each hydrogen atom may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms), or the following general formula (Ib)
  • a 9 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 8 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • a group represented by formula (1) However, among the total of 2 k + 1 B 1 , B 2 and B 3 , the number of the group represented by the general formula (Ib) is 0 or 1.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • 6-membered rings T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are each independently
  • R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring
  • the “alkylene group” is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each terminal carbon atom of an aliphatic linear or branched hydrocarbon. If there is a substitution from a hydrogen atom to a halogen atom or an alkyl group or a substitution from a methylene group to an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, to that effect Shall be specifically refused.
  • the “alkylene chain length” means, for example, n in the general formula “— (CH 2 ) n — (where n represents an integer of 1 or more)” in the case of a linear alkylene group. It shall be.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched.
  • examples of the halogen atom in A 3 and A 6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 is substituted is the same as the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different. Is mentioned. Further, examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 are substituted, include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in A 2 is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 .
  • the group of is mentioned.
  • examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 4 and A 7 include the same groups as the alkyl groups in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in A 4 and A 7 is substituted is different from the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different.
  • examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 4 and A 7 are substituted include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in B 1 , B 2 and B 3 is a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 .
  • the trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in B 1 , B 2 and B 3 is substituted includes any one of a methoxy group and an ethoxy group as the alkoxy group. 3 may be bonded to the same silicon atom, and the three alkoxy groups bonded to the same silicon atom may all be the same or only two may be the same.
  • a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, an ethoxydimethoxysilyl group, a diethoxymethoxysilyl group, and the like can be given.
  • examples of the halogen atom in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in B 1 , B 2, and B 3 is substituted include the same halogen atoms as those in A 3 and A 6 .
  • B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are present in total 2k + 1, of which the number of the groups represented by the general formula (Ib) is 0 or 1.
  • the group represented by the general formula (Ib) may be any of B 1 , B 2 and B 3 , but is preferably B 1 .
  • B 1 , B 2 or B 3 is a group represented by the above general formula (Ib), and preferred examples thereof include the following general formula (X1a -1)
  • a 11 and A 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group;
  • a 12 and A 18 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other).
  • Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently a fluorine atom, Which may be substituted with a methyl group or an ethyl group)
  • a 13 and A 16 each independently represents a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the linear alkyl group have an oxygen atom Each of which may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— as a non-direct bond.
  • a 14 and A 17 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other).
  • Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom or Which may be substituted with an alkyl group of 1 to 9 carbon atoms)
  • a 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in at least 1 to 5 methylene groups in the alkylene group, one hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • one or two or more methylene groups may be independently selected as those in which oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. And may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • X1a-2 A compound represented by The following general formula (X1a-2)
  • a 31 and A 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, b, c and d each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10, and e represents an integer of 0 to 6).
  • a 41 and A 42 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and m, n, p and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10). 1 or more types chosen from a group are mentioned.
  • the linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in A 13 and A 16 is the same as the linear alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 ; Nonadecyl group, icosyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 14 and A 17 include the same alkyl groups as those in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different. It is done.
  • examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms for A 12 and A 18 include the same alkylene groups as those described above for A 2 .
  • the alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms in A 15 is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6
  • a divalent group is mentioned.
  • Examples of the chain or branched alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as those described above for A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different.
  • examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 14 and A 17 are substituted, include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1) is such that A 11 and A 19 are both hydrogen atoms in that the polymerization rate is faster than that in which both A 11 and A 19 are methyl groups. Those are preferred.
  • a 12 and A 18 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the distance between two polymerizable groups can be adjusted by changing the length of carbon number independently for A 12 and A 18 and A 15 .
  • the feature of the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1) is that the distance between the polymerizable groups (distance between the crosslinking points) is long, but if this distance is too long, the polymerization rate becomes extremely slow. There is an upper limit on the distance between the polymerizable groups because it adversely affects the phase separation. On the other hand, the distance between the two side chains of A 13 and A 16 also affects the mobility of the main chain.
  • the distance between the polymerizable groups is determined by the sum of A 12 , A 18 , and A 15 , and among these, A 12 is longer than A 12 and A 18 are made longer. It is preferable to make 15 longer.
  • the lengths of these side chains are preferably as follows.
  • a 13 and A 14 are bonded to the same carbon atom in the main chain, but when their lengths are different, the longer side chain is referred to as A 13 ( If the length and the length of a 14 of a 13 are equal, one to one and a 13). Similarly, when the length of the length and A 17 of A 16 are different, if the length and the length of A 17 in the longer side chain of is referred to as A 16 (A 16 are equal, either the one and a 16).
  • such A 13 and A 16 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more present in the linear alkyl group). These methylene groups are each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other.
  • An alkyl group (the linear alkyl One or more methylene groups present in the group may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, assuming that the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. Good.)
  • the side chain Since the side chain has higher mobility than the main chain, its presence contributes to improvement of the mobility of the polymer chain at low temperature, but as mentioned above, spatial interference occurs between the two side chains. On the contrary, motility decreases. In order to prevent such spatial interference between side chains, it is effective to increase the distance between the side chains and to shorten the side chain length within a necessary range.
  • a 14 and A 17 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are oxygen atoms). Are each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— so that they are not directly bonded to each other, and one or more hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl group Are each independently substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.), But preferably each independently an hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • a group (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are each independently an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, as oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other); More preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are Oxygen atoms may be independently substituted with oxygen atoms, —CO—, —COO—, or —OCO— as those in which oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, and more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are each independently an oxygen atom, —CO—, It may be substituted with —COO— or —OCO—.
  • a 14 and A 17 the it is too long length it is not preferred to induce spatial interference between side chains.
  • a 14 and A 17 is an alkyl chain of short length, high to motility can become a side chain having, and is considered to have a function of inhibiting the approach of adjacent main chain between
  • the action of preventing the interference between the polymer main chains is considered to increase the mobility of the main chains, and it is possible to suppress the anchoring energy from increasing at low temperatures, and the polymer stabilized liquid crystal This is effective in improving the display characteristics of the display element in a low temperature range.
  • a 15 located between the two side chains is preferably longer in terms of changing the distance between the side chains and also in increasing the distance between the crosslinking points to lower the glass transition point.
  • a 15 is too long, the general formula becomes too large molecular weight of the compound represented by (X1a-1), the compatibility with the liquid crystal composition is lowered, and the polymerization rate decreases
  • There is an upper limit on the length of the length for example, because the phase separation is adversely affected.
  • a 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in at least 1 to 5 methylene groups in the alkylene group, each hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents 1 carbon atom). May be substituted with 10 to 10 linear or branched alkyl groups, and one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. And may be substituted with an atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • the alkylene chain length of A 15 is preferably 9 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • the number of substitution of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3 More preferably.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituted alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (X1a-1) are “Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 30, pp 4985”, “Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. , Vol. 34, pp 217-225 "and the like.
  • a compound in which A 14 and A 17 are hydrogen includes a compound having a plurality of epoxy groups and a polymer such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having active hydrogen capable of reacting with the epoxy group. It can be obtained by reacting with a functional compound to synthesize a polymerizable compound having a hydroxyl group and then reacting with a saturated fatty acid. Furthermore, by reacting a compound having a plurality of epoxy groups with a saturated fatty acid, synthesizing a compound having a hydroxyl group, and then reacting a polymerizable compound such as an acrylate chloride having a group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group. can get.
  • radical polymerizable compound is, for example, A 14 and A 17 in the general formula (X1a-1) are alkyl groups and A 12 and A 18 are methylene groups having 1 carbon atom, an oxetane group
  • a method of reacting a fatty acid chloride or a fatty acid capable of reacting with an oxetane group with a polymerizable compound having active hydrogen such as acrylic acid, or a compound having one oxetane group It can be obtained by a method of reacting a polyvalent fatty acid chloride or a fatty acid capable of reacting with an oxetane group and further reacting a polymerizable compound having active hydrogen such as acrylic acid.
  • a 12 and A 18 in the general formula (X1a-1) are an alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms (propylene group, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), a furan group is used instead of the oxetane group. It can be obtained by using a compound having a plurality of.
  • a 12 and A 18 in the general formula (X1a-1) are an alkylene group having 4 carbon atoms (butylene group, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), instead of the oxetane group It can be obtained by using a compound having a plurality of pyran groups.
  • a 11 and A 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group;
  • a 12 ′ and A 18 ′ each represent a methylene group;
  • a 13 and A 16 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the linear alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) Each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-)
  • a 14 ′ and A 17 ′ each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
  • a 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in the alkylene group, at least 1 to 5 methylene groups, each hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of the alkyl group for A 14 ′ and A 17 ′ include the same alkyl groups as those for A 14 and A 17 .
  • the total number of —COO— and —OCO— in A 15 is 2 or less, and —COO— and —OCO in A 13 and A 16 Particularly preferred are those in which each of-is 1 or less, and specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (X1a-101) to (X1a-109).
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 8 may be either an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is linear These may be branched or cyclic, and may be any of a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the cyclic hydrocarbon group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 8 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 Examples thereof include the same alkyl groups having 1 to 18 atoms, and a linear or branched saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is particularly preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (X1b) include those in which the 6-membered rings T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are all hydrocarbon rings.
  • the hydrocarbon group of R 71 may be any one having a condensed ring, may be composed only of a condensed ring, or may be a condensed ring and other hydrocarbon groups. You may have.
  • the condensed ring may be either an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring.
  • the aliphatic ring may be either a saturated aliphatic ring or an unsaturated aliphatic ring, and may have both a saturated aliphatic ring and an unsaturated aliphatic ring.
  • the number of rings constituting the condensed ring may be two or more, but preferably 2 to 7.
  • the hydrocarbon group other than the condensed ring may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may have both a linear (linear and / or branched) structure and a cyclic structure.
  • the chain structure and cyclic structure hydrocarbon group may be either a saturated hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the cyclic structure hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic ring hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Either is acceptable.
  • Preferred examples of R 71 include a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a steroid, and a monovalent group obtained by removing a hydroxyl group from cholesterol is preferred.
  • the second polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X2a)
  • the polymerizable compound used for the formation of the orientation control layer may be two or more types, but it does not deteriorate the various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element and the image sticking characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. 2 to 4 types are preferable, 2 to 3 types are more preferable, and 2 types are particularly preferable.
  • the ratio of each of the polymerizable compounds used for forming the orientation control layer may be appropriately adjusted depending on how many kinds of the polymerizable compounds are used, but the ratio of the polymerizable compound to the total amount used is 10 to 90%.
  • the content is preferably mass%, more preferably 14 to 86 mass%.
  • the use of the first polymerizable compound with respect to the amount of the second polymerizable compound used The amount is preferably 1 to 8 times by mass, and more preferably 1.5 to 6 times by mass.
  • R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms
  • 8 represents an alkenyloxy group
  • Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • l 1 represents 1 or 2
  • Q 1 may be the same or different.
  • examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), etc., and carbon atoms in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by Formulas 2 to 8 include monovalent groups in which one single bond (C—C) between carbon atoms is substituted with a double bond (C ⁇ C).
  • the alkenyl group in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably has the following structure.
  • the alkenyloxy group R l [alpha] and R 2.alpha having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in, ethenyloxy group, 2-propenyloxy group, wherein the R l [alpha] and 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R 2.alpha
  • examples thereof include a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom.
  • the alkenyloxy group in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred compounds represented by the general formula (I) include those in which the combination of R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ is the alkyl group, the alkyl group and the alkoxy group, the alkyl group and the alkenyl group. Some are listed. Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (I) include those represented by the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-4).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and more preferably 35 to 55% by mass.
  • R 3 ⁇ is the same as R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ .
  • examples of the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R 4 ⁇ include the same as the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ .
  • the alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms and the alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms in R 4 ⁇ are the same as those in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ except that the number of carbon atoms is different. The same thing as an alkenyl group and an alkenyloxy group is mentioned.
  • the alkyl groups in R 3 ⁇ and R 4 ⁇ preferably each independently have 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy groups in R 3 ⁇ and R 4 ⁇ preferably each independently have 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (II) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and more preferably 35 to 55% by mass.
  • [content of compound represented by general formula (II)] / [content of compound represented by general formula (I)] (mass ratio) is 8/2 to 2/8. Is preferable, 7/3 to 3/7 is more preferable, and 6/4 to 4/6 is particularly preferable.
  • liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (III)
  • R 5 ⁇ and R 6 ⁇ are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 alkenyloxy groups (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group independently represent oxygen atoms or -CO- may be substituted with one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group represents may be substituted by a fluorine atom.
  • Q 3 is 1,4-phenylene group or Represents a tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, l 3 represents 0 or 1
  • G 2 represents a single bond, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O— or —OCF 2 —.
  • L 1 ⁇ L 6 is, Represents a respectively independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least two L 1 ⁇ L 6 represents a fluorine atom, if and G 2 l 3 represents 0 represents a single bond, L 5 and L 6 may not contain a fluorine atom.) May be contained.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R 5 ⁇ and R 6 ⁇ The alkenyloxy group is the same as in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ .
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include, for example, the following general formula (III-1)
  • liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (IV) which does not correspond to the compounds other than the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II).
  • R 7 ⁇ and R 8 ⁇ each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). It may contain the compound.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 7 ⁇ and R 8 ⁇ may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group in R 7 ⁇ and R 8 ⁇ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include the same as those in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ .
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 7 ⁇ and R 8 ⁇ is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like, and the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 7 ⁇ and R 8 ⁇ is oxygen.
  • a monovalent group formed by bonding to an atom is exemplified.
  • liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (V) that does not correspond to these compounds.
  • R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or 2 to 18 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 4 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and l 4 represents 0 or 1. Good.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched.
  • Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which a single bond (C—C) is substituted with a double bond (C ⁇ C).
  • the alkenyl group in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include the same ones as in R 1 ⁇ and R 2 ⁇ .
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like, and the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ is oxygen.
  • a monovalent group formed by bonding to an atom is exemplified.
  • the alkoxy group in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the alkenyloxy group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ include an ethenyloxy group, a 2-propenyloxy group, etc., and those having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in R 9 ⁇ and R 10 ⁇ Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom.
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (V) include, for example, the following general formula (V-1)
  • the content of the components other than the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) such as the compounds represented by the general formulas (III), (IV), and (V) in the liquid crystal composition is 25. It is preferable that it is mass% or less, and it is more preferable that it is 20 mass% or less.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 may further include a passivation film between at least one of the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13 (Not shown). As described above, the surface of the first substrate 11 or the second substrate 12 in the vicinity is protected by having the passivation film.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 may further include a planarization film between at least one of the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13. (Not shown). As described above, by having the planarizing film, various characteristics as the liquid crystal display element are further improved. If the surface of the passivation film has high flatness, the passivation film may be handled as a flattening film.
  • passivation film and the planarizing film known ones can be used as appropriate.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes a liquid crystal composition using a specific compound represented by general formulas (I) and (II) as liquid crystal molecules, an alignment control layer formed from two or more polymerizable compounds, and In combination with the liquid crystal display element, unlike the conventional liquid crystal display element, there is no need to have alignment films between the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer. When no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface. Further, image sticking and generation of dripping marks during production are suppressed without deteriorating various properties such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) and the like.
  • various properties such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) and the like.
  • spacer protrusions for securing a cell gap are sprayed on the facing surfaces of either the first substrate 11 or the second substrate 12.
  • the seal portion is printed (formed) by screen printing using an epoxy adhesive or the like.
  • the surface of the first substrate 11 facing the second substrate 12 is the surface having the common electrode 14 and the color filter 18, and the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the first substrate 11 is The surface having the pixel electrode 15.
  • the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are made to face each other, and these are bonded together via the spacer protrusion and the seal portion, and then the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition is injected into the formed space. To do. Then, the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition is sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 by curing the seal portion by heating or the like.
  • the two or more polymerizable compounds are polymerized by irradiating an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays from the outside of the first substrate 11 to the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition while the voltage is applied.
  • the active energy ray may be irradiated from the outside of the second substrate 12 or may be irradiated from both the outside of the first substrate 11 and the outside of the second substrate 12.
  • active energy rays two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds in the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition react, and the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition becomes a liquid crystal composition having a desired composition to form the liquid crystal layer 13.
  • an alignment control layer is formed between the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13.
  • the formed alignment control layer imparts a pretilt angle ⁇ to the liquid crystal molecules 19 located in the vicinity of the first substrate 11 and in the vicinity of the second substrate 12 in the liquid crystal layer 13 in a non-driven state.
  • the irradiation intensity of the active energy ray may or may not be constant, and when changing the irradiation intensity, the irradiation time at each irradiation intensity can be arbitrarily set, but two or more stages
  • the irradiation intensity of the irradiation process after the second stage is preferably weaker than the irradiation intensity of the irradiation process of the first stage, and the total irradiation time of the irradiation process after the second stage is It is preferable that the irradiation time is longer than the first stage irradiation time and the total irradiation energy amount is large.
  • the irradiation intensity is 10 to 100 mW / cm 2
  • the minimum irradiation intensity is 2 to 50 mW / cm 2 after the second stage in the case of multistage irradiation or when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously. It is more preferable.
  • the total irradiation energy amount is preferably 10 to 300 J, more preferably 50 to 250 J, and further preferably 100 to 250 J.
  • the applied voltage may be alternating current or direct current.
  • the irradiated active energy rays preferably have a plurality of spectra, and ultraviolet rays having a plurality of spectra are preferable.
  • active energy rays having a plurality of spectra two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds can be polymerized by active energy rays having a spectrum (wavelength) suitable for each type, and in this case, the orientation control layer Is formed more efficiently.
  • the alignment control layer is composed of a polymer of the polymerizable compound.
  • the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 are not clearly separated and formed between them.
  • the first substrate 11 may be formed so as to enter the liquid crystal layer 13 from a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 (a surface facing the liquid crystal layer 13).
  • the alignment control layer is not necessarily formed between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13 by clearly dividing the second substrate 12.
  • the second substrate 12 may be formed so as to enter the liquid crystal layer 13 from a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 (a surface facing the liquid crystal layer 13).
  • the two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds are preferentially polymerized with each other having similar structures to align liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity region of the substrate, and the direction of the pretilt. It is presumed that the orientation is controlled by defining the value in a predetermined direction.
  • wt% means mass%
  • T NI , ⁇ n, ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ 1 are defined as follows.
  • T NI Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C)
  • ⁇ n Refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C.
  • Dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C.
  • ⁇ 1 rotational viscosity at 25 ° C. (mPa ⁇ s)
  • liquid crystal display elements manufactured in the following Examples and Comparative Examples were evaluated for image sticking and dropping marks by the following methods.
  • Evaluation of the drop mark of the liquid crystal display device was performed by visually confirming the drop mark that appeared white when the entire surface was displayed in black, and was evaluated in the following four stages. ⁇ : No afterimage ⁇ : Even afterimage is very slight but acceptable level ⁇ : Afterimage is present and unacceptable level ⁇ : Afterimage is present
  • Example 1 A first substrate (a common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (a pixel electrode substrate) having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element were produced. .
  • a pixel electrode As the pixel electrode, a pixel electrode divided into four regions having different pretilt directions by using a slit was used.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -1 was prepared.
  • the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 is injected without using an alignment film, the seal portion is cured, and the liquid crystal The containing polymerization composition CLC-1 was sandwiched.
  • the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition was set to 3.2 ⁇ m using a spacer having a thickness of 3.2 ⁇ m.
  • the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to polymerize the first polymerizable compound and the second polymerizable compound.
  • Example 2 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1b) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.5% by mass) prepared in Example 1
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that -1a was prepared and this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1a was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.8 °.
  • the evaluation results for this liquid crystal display element are shown in Table 2. As shown in Table 2, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a first substrate having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode and further having protrusions on the surface for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules, and driven by an active element
  • a second substrate having a transparent pixel electrode and a projection for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules on the surface was prepared.
  • a material for forming a vertical alignment film is applied to each of the first substrate and the second substrate by a spin coating method, and the obtained coating film is heated at 200 ° C. to thereby form a thickness on the surface of each substrate.
  • a 100 nm vertical alignment film was formed.
  • liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 was sandwiched in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable compound, second polymerization compound)
  • a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the functional compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used.
  • the evaluation results for this liquid crystal display element are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 1 and 2 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 3 A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II) and (V) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -2 was prepared.
  • this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2 is used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and the liquid crystal-containing polymer is used by using a 3.5 ⁇ m thick spacer instead of the 3.2 ⁇ m thick spacer.
  • a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.5 °.
  • Table 4 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 4, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 4 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1c) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 (98.3 mass%) prepared in Example 3
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -2a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2a was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.9 °.
  • Table 5 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 5, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Comparative Example 2 By the same method as Comparative Example 1, a first substrate and a second substrate on which a vertical alignment film was formed were produced. Hereinafter, using these substrates on which the vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 prepared in Example 3 was sandwiched instead of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable property). The compound, the second polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used), and the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition was replaced with a spacer having a thickness of 3.8 ⁇ m instead of the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 ⁇ m. A liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.8 ⁇ m. Table 6 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 6, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 3 and 4 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 5 A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II), (IV) and (V) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -3 was prepared.
  • this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3 was used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and the liquid crystal-containing polymer was used by using a 3.5 ⁇ m thick spacer instead of the 3.2 ⁇ m thick spacer.
  • a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.7 °.
  • Table 7 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 7, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 6 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.1% by mass) prepared in Example 5
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -3a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3a was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.4 °.
  • Table 8 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 8, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Comparative Example 3 By the same method as Comparative Example 1, a first substrate and a second substrate on which a vertical alignment film was formed were produced. Hereinafter, using these substrates on which the vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 prepared in Example 5 was sandwiched in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable property). The compound, the second polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used), and the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition was replaced with a spacer having a thickness of 3.5 ⁇ m instead of the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 ⁇ m.
  • a liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • Table 9 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 9, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 5 and 6 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 7 A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II) and (III) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -4 was prepared.
  • this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4 was used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and a liquid crystal-containing composition was used by replacing the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 ⁇ m with a spacer having a thickness of 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 88.0 °.
  • Table 10 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 10, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 8 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 (98.0% by mass) prepared in Example 7
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -4a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4a was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.3 °.
  • Table 11 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 11, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • Table 12 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 12, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 7 and 8 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -1b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1b was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.6 °.
  • Table 13 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 13, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 10 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.5% by mass) prepared in Example 1
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -1c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1c was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.9 °.
  • Table 14 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 14, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -2b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 3, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2b was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.8 °.
  • Table 15 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 15, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • Example 12 Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.1% by mass) prepared in Example 5
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -3b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3b was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.5 °.
  • Table 16 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 16, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -3c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3c was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.3 °.
  • Table 17 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 17, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -4b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4b was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.4 °.
  • Table 18 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 18, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various properties as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
  • a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly.
  • -4c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4c was used.
  • the pretilt angle ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.1 °.
  • Table 19 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 19, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a liquid crystal display element and a manufacturing method for the same by which the occurrence of burn-in and of drip marks during manufacturing is mitigated without worsening various characteristics such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper-limit temperature, and rotational viscosity (γ1). The liquid crystal display element is characterized in that a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between a substrate having a common electrode and a color filter, and a substrate having a plurality of pixels, each of the pixels having a pixel electrode. The liquid crystal display element is further characterized in that the substrates do not have alignment films but have alignment control layers made of two or more polymerizable compounds, the pixels have two or more regions with different pretilt directions, and the liquid crystal composition contains compounds expressed by General Formula (I) and General Formula (II).

Description

液晶表示素子及びその製造方法Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
 本発明は、液晶TV等の構成部材として有用な液晶表示素子及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display element useful as a constituent member for a liquid crystal TV or the like and a method for manufacturing the same.
 液晶表示素子は、時計、電卓をはじめとして、各種測定機器、自動車用パネル、ワードプロセッサー、電子手帳、プリンター、コンピューター、テレビ、時計、広告表示板等に用いられるようになっている。液晶表示方式としては、その代表的なものとして、TN(ツイステッド・ネマチック)型、STN(スーパー・ツイステッド・ネマチック)型、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)を用いた垂直配向型(バーチカル・アライメント;VA)やIPS(イン・プレーン・スイッチング)型等が挙げられる。これらの液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶組成物は、水分、空気、熱、光などの外的要因に対して安定であること、また、室温を中心としてできるだけ広い温度範囲で液晶相を示し、低粘性であり、かつ駆動電圧が低いことが求められる。さらに、液晶組成物は、個々の液晶表示素子に対して、誘電率異方性(Δε)や屈折率異方性(Δn)等を最適な値とするために、数種類から数十種類の化合物から構成されている。 Liquid crystal display elements are used in various measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, watches, advertisement display boards, etc., including clocks and calculators. Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, vertical alignment type (vertical alignment; VA) using TFT (thin film transistor), and IPS. (In-plane switching) type. The liquid crystal composition used in these liquid crystal display elements is stable against external factors such as moisture, air, heat, and light, and exhibits a liquid crystal phase in the widest possible temperature range centering on room temperature. It is required to be viscous and have a low driving voltage. Furthermore, the liquid crystal composition is composed of several to several tens of kinds of compounds in order to optimize dielectric anisotropy (Δε), refractive index anisotropy (Δn), etc. for each liquid crystal display element. It is composed of
 VA型ディスプレイでは、Δεが負の液晶組成物が用いられており、液晶TV等に広く用いられている。一方、全ての駆動方式において、低電圧駆動、高速応答、広い動作温度範囲が求められている。すなわち、Δεの絶対値が大きく、粘度(η)が小さく、高いネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(TNI)が要求されている。また、Δnとセルギャップ(d)との積であるΔn×dの設定から、液晶組成物のΔnをセルギャップに合わせて適当な範囲に調節する必要がある。加えて、液晶表示素子をテレビ等へ応用する場合、高速応答性が重視されるため、回転粘度(γ)の小さい液晶組成物が要求される。 In the VA type display, a liquid crystal composition having a negative Δε is used, which is widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like. On the other hand, in all driving methods, low voltage driving, high-speed response, and a wide operating temperature range are required. That is, the absolute value of Δε is large, the viscosity (η) is small, and a high nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T NI ) is required. Further, from the setting of Δn × d, which is the product of Δn and the cell gap (d), it is necessary to adjust Δn of the liquid crystal composition to an appropriate range according to the cell gap. In addition, when applying a liquid crystal display element to a television or the like, since high-speed response is important, a liquid crystal composition having a low rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) is required.
 一方、VA型ディスプレイの視野角特性を改善するために、基板上に突起構造物を設けることにより、画素中の液晶分子の配向方向を複数に分割するMVA(マルチドメイン・バーチカル・アライメント)型の液晶表示素子が広く用いられるに至った。MVA型液晶表示素子は、視野角特性の点では優れるものの、基板上の突起構造物の近傍と離れた部位とでは、液晶分子の応答速度が異なり、突起構造物から離れた応答速度の遅い液晶分子の影響から、全体としての応答速度が不十分であるという問題があり、突起構造物に起因する透過率の低下の問題があった。この問題を解決するために、通常のMVA型液晶表示素子とは異なり、セル中に非透過性の突起構造物を設けることなく、分割した画素内で均一なプレチルト角を付与する方法として、PSA液晶表示素子(polymer sustained alignment:ポリマー維持配向、PS液晶表示素子(polymer stabilised:ポリマー安定化)を含む。)が開発されている。PSA液晶表示素子は、少量の重合性化合物を液晶組成物に添加し、その液晶組成物を液晶セルに導入後、電極間に電圧を印加しながら、活性エネルギー線の照射により、液晶組成物中の重合性化合物を重合させることで製造されるものである。そのため、分割画素中において適切なプレチルト角を付与することができ、結果として、透過率向上によるコントラストの向上及び均一なプレチルト角の付与による高速応答性を達成できる(例えば、特許文献1参照)。しかしながら、PSA液晶表示素子においては、液晶組成物中に重合性化合物を添加することにより、高い電圧保持率が要求されるアクティブマトリクス液晶表示素子においては、焼き付き等の表示不良が発生する等の問題もあった。 On the other hand, in order to improve the viewing angle characteristics of a VA display, an MVA (multi-domain vertical alignment) type that divides the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in a pixel into a plurality of parts by providing a protrusion structure on the substrate. Liquid crystal display elements have been widely used. Although the MVA type liquid crystal display element is excellent in view angle characteristics, the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is different between the vicinity of the protrusion structure on the substrate and the part away from the protrusion structure, and the liquid crystal having a slow response speed away from the protrusion structure. Due to the influence of the molecules, there is a problem that the overall response speed is insufficient, and there is a problem of a decrease in transmittance due to the protruding structure. In order to solve this problem, PSA is a method for providing a uniform pretilt angle in a divided pixel without providing a non-transparent protrusion structure in a cell, unlike a normal MVA liquid crystal display element. Liquid crystal display elements (including polymer sustained alignment: polymer sustaining alignment and PS liquid crystal display elements (polymer stabilized)) have been developed. A PSA liquid crystal display element is obtained by adding a small amount of a polymerizable compound to a liquid crystal composition, introducing the liquid crystal composition into a liquid crystal cell, and then applying active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. It is produced by polymerizing the polymerizable compound. Therefore, an appropriate pretilt angle can be given in the divided pixels, and as a result, high contrast can be achieved by improving the transmittance and high speed response by giving a uniform pretilt angle (see, for example, Patent Document 1). However, in a PSA liquid crystal display element, the addition of a polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition causes a problem such as display failure such as image sticking in an active matrix liquid crystal display element that requires a high voltage holding ratio. There was also.
 一方、液晶表示素子の大画面化に伴って、液晶表示素子の製造方法も大きな変化を遂げている。すなわち、従来の真空注入法は、大型のパネルを製造する場合、製造プロセスに多大な時間を要することから、大型パネルの製造においては、ODF(one-drop-fill)方式による製造方法が主流となってきている(例えば、特許文献2参照)。
この方式は、真空注入法と比較して、注入時間を短縮できることから、液晶表示素子の製造方法の主流となっている。しかし、液晶組成物を滴下した滴下痕が、液晶表示素子作製後にも、滴下した形状に液晶表示素子に残る現象が新たな問題となってきている。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。一般的に滴下痕の発生は、液晶材料の選択に依存することも多く、その原因は明らかではない。
On the other hand, with the increase in the screen size of the liquid crystal display element, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element has also undergone great changes. That is, in the conventional vacuum injection method, when a large panel is manufactured, the manufacturing process takes a lot of time. Therefore, in the manufacture of a large panel, a manufacturing method using an ODF (one-drop-fill) method is mainly used. (For example, see Patent Document 2).
Since this method can shorten the injection time compared with the vacuum injection method, it has become the mainstream method for manufacturing liquid crystal display elements. However, a phenomenon in which a drop mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dropped remains in the liquid crystal display element in a dropped shape after the liquid crystal display element is produced has become a new problem. In addition, a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black. In general, the occurrence of dripping marks often depends on the selection of the liquid crystal material, and the cause is not clear.
 滴下痕の抑制方法としては、液晶組成物中に混合した重合性化合物が重合して、液晶組成物層中にポリマー層を形成することにより、配向膜との関係で発生する滴下痕を抑制する方法が開示されている(例えば、特許文献3参照)。しかしながら、この方法においては、PSA方式等と同様に、液晶組成物中に添加した重合性化合物に起因する表示の焼き付きの問題があり、滴下痕の抑制についてもその効果は不十分であり、液晶表示素子としての基本的な特性を維持しつつ、焼き付きや滴下痕が発生し難い液晶表示素子の開発が求められていた。 As a method for suppressing the drop mark, the polymerizable compound mixed in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized to form a polymer layer in the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby suppressing the drop mark generated in relation to the alignment film. A method is disclosed (for example, see Patent Document 3). However, in this method, like the PSA method, there is a problem of display burn-in caused by the polymerizable compound added to the liquid crystal composition, and the effect of suppressing the drop marks is insufficient. There has been a demand for the development of a liquid crystal display element that does not easily cause image sticking or dripping marks while maintaining basic characteristics as a display element.
特開2002-357830号公報JP 2002-357830 A 特開平6-235925号公報JP-A-6-235925 特開2006-58755号公報JP 2006-58755 A
 本発明は、上記事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、誘電率異方性、粘度、ネマチック相上限温度、回転粘度(γ)等の諸特性を悪化させることなく、焼き付きと製造時の滴下痕の発生とが抑制された液晶表示素子及びその製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and does not deteriorate various characteristics such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) and the like, and is dropped during production and manufacturing. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element in which generation of a mark is suppressed and a manufacturing method thereof.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するため、種々の液晶組成物と、液晶表示素子におけるプレチルト角の付与方法の組み合わせとを検討した結果、液晶組成物中に2種以上の重合性化合物を含有させ、液晶組成物を液晶セルに導入後、電極間に電圧を印加しながら、活性エネルギー線の照射により、液晶組成物中の前記重合性化合物を重合させる方式において、液晶セルを構成する基板上に配向膜を設けず、液晶分子として特定の化合物を組み合わせることにより、前記課題を解決できることを見出し、本願発明を完成するに至った。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventors have studied various liquid crystal compositions and combinations of methods for imparting a pretilt angle in a liquid crystal display device. As a result, two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds were added to the liquid crystal composition. A substrate constituting the liquid crystal cell in a method of polymerizing the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition by irradiation with active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell It has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by combining a specific compound as liquid crystal molecules without providing an alignment film thereon, and the present invention has been completed.
 すなわち、本発明は、共通電極及びカラーフィルタ層を有する第一の基板と、複数の画素を有し、かつ各前記画素毎に画素電極を有する第二の基板との間に、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層が挟持された液晶表示素子であって、前記第一の基板及び第二の基板と前記液晶層との間に、配向膜を有さず、2種以上の重合性化合物から形成された配向制御層を有し、前記画素中にプレチルトの方向が異なる2以上の領域を有し、前記液晶組成物が、下記一般式(I) That is, the present invention provides a liquid crystal composition between a first substrate having a common electrode and a color filter layer and a second substrate having a plurality of pixels and a pixel electrode for each of the pixels. A liquid crystal display element in which a liquid crystal layer to be contained is sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer, and does not have an alignment film, and is formed from two or more polymerizable compounds A liquid crystal composition having two or more regions having different pretilt directions in the pixel, wherein the liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(式中、R1α及びR2αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物、及び下記一般式(II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 8 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 1 represents 1 or 2, and when l 1 is 2, Q 1 may be the same or different.), And the following general formula (II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(式中、R3αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R4αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0、1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Gは単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表す。)で表される化合物を含有することを特徴とする液晶表示素子を提供する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(Wherein R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best, G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - contains a representative) and a compound represented by - CF 2 O-or -OCF 2. Provided is a liquid crystal display element characterized by the above.
 また、本発明は、共通電極及びカラーフィルタ層を有する第一の基板と、複数の画素を有し、かつ各前記画素毎に画素電極を有する第二の基板との間に、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層が挟持され、前記画素中にプレチルトの方向が異なる2以上の領域を有する液晶表示素子の製造方法であって、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に、配向膜を設けず、下記一般式(I) The present invention also provides a liquid crystal composition between a first substrate having a common electrode and a color filter layer, and a second substrate having a plurality of pixels and a pixel electrode for each of the pixels. A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal layer contained therein and having two or more regions having different pretilt directions in the pixel, wherein the alignment is performed between the first substrate and the second substrate. Without the film, the following general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、R1α及びR2αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物、下記一般式(II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 8 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 1 represents 1 or 2, and when l 1 is 2, Q 1 may be the same or different.), A compound represented by the following general formula (II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式中、R3αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R4αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0、1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Gは単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表す。)で表される化合物、及び2種以上の重合性化合物を含有する液晶含有重合用組成物を挟持し、前記画素電極と前記共通電極との間に、前記液晶含有重合用組成物中の液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与するための電圧を印可した状態で活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、前記2種以上の重合性化合物を重合させると共に、前記液晶含有重合用組成物を前記液晶組成物として、前記第一の基板及び第二の基板と前記液晶層との間に、配向制御層を形成することを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法を提供する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(Wherein R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best, G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - CF 2 O- or -OCF 2 -. compounds represented by the representative) a, and 2 Sandwiching a liquid crystal-containing composition for polymerization containing at least one polymerizable compound, By irradiating an active energy ray between the elementary electrode and the common electrode while applying a voltage for applying a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition, A polymerizable compound is polymerized, and an alignment control layer is formed between the first substrate and the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer using the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition as the liquid crystal composition. A method for producing a liquid crystal display element is provided.
 本発明によれば、誘電率異方性、粘度、ネマチック相上限温度、回転粘度(γ)等の諸特性を悪化させることなく、焼き付きと製造時の滴下痕の発生とが抑制された液晶表示素子及びその製造方法が提供される。 According to the present invention, liquid crystal in which image sticking and generation of dripping marks during production are suppressed without deteriorating various properties such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity (γ 1 ), etc. A display element and a manufacturing method thereof are provided.
本発明の液晶表示素子の一実施形態を示す概略斜視図である。It is a schematic perspective view which shows one Embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of this invention. 本発明の液晶表示素子に用いられるスリット電極(櫛形電極)の一例を示す概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view which shows an example of the slit electrode (comb-shaped electrode) used for the liquid crystal display element of this invention. 本発明の液晶表示素子におけるプレチルト角の定義を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the definition of the pretilt angle in the liquid crystal display element of this invention.
 以下、本発明の液晶表示素子及びその製造方法の実施の形態について説明する。
 なお、本実施の形態は、発明の趣旨をよりよく理解させるために具体的に説明するものであり、特に指定のない限り、本発明を限定するものではない。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the liquid crystal display element and the manufacturing method thereof of the present invention will be described.
Note that this embodiment is specifically described for better understanding of the gist of the invention, and does not limit the present invention unless otherwise specified.
<液晶表示素子>
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、一対の基板の間に、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層が挟持された液晶表示素子であって、液晶層に電圧を印加し、液晶層中の液晶分子をフレデリクス転移させることにより、光学的なスイッチとして働かせる原理に基づくものであり、この点では周知慣用技術を用いることができる。
 2枚の基板が液晶分子をフレデリクス転移させるための電極を有する、通常の垂直配向液晶表示素子では、一般的に、これら基板間に垂直に電荷を印加する方式が採用される。この場合、一方の電極は共通電極となり、もう一方の電極は画素電極となる。以下、この方式の最も典型的な実施形態を示す。
<Liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element in which a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer to displace the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer. This is based on the principle of acting as an optical switch by transferring, and a well-known and conventional technique can be used in this respect.
In a normal vertical alignment liquid crystal display element in which two substrates have electrodes for causing the Fredericks transition of liquid crystal molecules, a method of applying a charge vertically between the substrates is generally employed. In this case, one electrode is a common electrode and the other electrode is a pixel electrode. The most typical embodiment of this scheme will be shown below.
 図1は、本発明の液晶表示素子の一実施形態を示す概略斜視図である。
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子10は、第一の基板11と、第二の基板12と、第一の基板11と第二の基板12との間に挟持され、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層13と、第一の基板11における液晶層13と対向する面上に設けられた共通電極14と、第二の基板12における液晶層13と対向する面上に設けられた画素電極15と、第一の基板11と共通電極14との間に設けられたカラーフィルタ18と、から概略構成されている。
FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
The liquid crystal display element 10 of the present embodiment includes a first substrate 11, a second substrate 12, and a liquid crystal layer that is sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 and contains a liquid crystal composition. 13, a common electrode 14 provided on the surface of the first substrate 11 facing the liquid crystal layer 13, a pixel electrode 15 provided on the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the liquid crystal layer 13, A color filter 18 provided between one substrate 11 and the common electrode 14 is schematically configured.
 第一の基板11及び第二の基板12としては、例えば、ガラス基板又はプラスチック基板が用いられる。
 前記プラスチック基板としては、アクリル樹脂、メタクリル樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、環状オレフィン樹脂等の樹脂からなる基板が用いられる。
For example, a glass substrate or a plastic substrate is used as the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12.
As the plastic substrate, a substrate made of a resin such as acrylic resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, or cyclic olefin resin is used.
 共通電極14及び画素電極15は、通常、インジウム添加酸化スズ(ITO)等の透明性を有する材料から構成される。
 画素電極15は、第二の基板12にマトリクス状に配設されている。画素電極15は、TFTスイッチング素子(図示略)に代表されるアクティブ素子のドレイン電極により制御され、そのTFTスイッチング素子は、アドレス信号線であるゲート線及びデータ線であるソース線をマトリクス状に有している。
The common electrode 14 and the pixel electrode 15 are usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
The pixel electrodes 15 are arranged in a matrix on the second substrate 12. The pixel electrode 15 is controlled by a drain electrode of an active element typified by a TFT switching element (not shown). The TFT switching element has a gate line as an address signal line and a source line as a data line in a matrix. is doing.
 画素電極15は、その画素中に液晶分子のプレチルトの方向が異なる2以上の領域を有する。このように、液晶分子のプレチルトの方向を規定して、画素内の液晶分子の倒れる方向をいくつかの領域に分割する画素分割を行うことで、視野角特性が向上する。
 画素分割を行う場合、例えば、各画素内において、ストライプ状やV字状等のパターンを有するスリット(電極の形成されない部分)を有する画素電極を設ければよい。
The pixel electrode 15 has two or more regions having different pretilt directions of liquid crystal molecules in the pixel. In this way, by defining the pretilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules and dividing the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules fall within the pixel into several regions, the viewing angle characteristics are improved.
When pixel division is performed, for example, a pixel electrode having a slit (a portion where no electrode is formed) having a pattern such as a stripe shape or a V shape may be provided in each pixel.
 図2は、画素内を4つの領域に分割する場合のスリット電極(櫛形電極)の典型的な形態を示す概略平面図である。このスリット電極は、画素の中央から4方向に櫛歯状にスリットを有することにより、電圧無印加時に基板に対して略垂直配向している各画素内の液晶分子は、電圧の印加に伴って4つの異なった方向に液晶分子のダイレクターを向けて、水平配向に近づいていく。その結果、画素内の液晶分子の配向方向を複数に分割できるので、極めて広い視野角特性を有する。
 液晶表示素子10としては、画素電極15がスリットを有する(スリット電極である)ものが好ましい。
FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing a typical form of a slit electrode (comb electrode) when the inside of a pixel is divided into four regions. The slit electrode has comb-like slits in four directions from the center of the pixel, so that the liquid crystal molecules in each pixel that are substantially perpendicularly aligned with respect to the substrate when no voltage is applied are applied with voltage application. The liquid crystal molecules are directed in four different directions, approaching horizontal alignment. As a result, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the pixel can be divided into a plurality of parts, so that the viewing angle characteristic is extremely wide.
As the liquid crystal display element 10, it is preferable that the pixel electrode 15 has a slit (is a slit electrode).
 画素分割を行う方法としては、前記スリット電極を設ける方法の他に、画素内に線状突起等の構造物を設ける方法、画素電極や共通電極以外の電極を設ける方法等が適用され(図示略)、前記構造物を設ける方法が好ましい。前記構造物は、第一の基板11及び第二の基板12の少なくとも一方が有していればよく、両方が有していてもよい。
 ただし、透過率、製造の容易さの点からは、スリット電極を用いる構成が好ましい。スリット電極は、電圧無印加時には液晶分子に対して駆動力を有しないことから、液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与することはできない。しかし、本発明においては、後述する配向制御層を設けることにより、プレチルト角を付与することができるとともに、画素分割したスリット電極と組み合わせることにより、画素分割による広視野角を達成できる。
As a method of dividing the pixel, in addition to the method of providing the slit electrode, a method of providing a structure such as a linear protrusion in the pixel, a method of providing an electrode other than the pixel electrode and the common electrode, and the like are applied (not shown). And a method of providing the structure is preferable. The said structure should just have at least one of the 1st board | substrate 11 and the 2nd board | substrate 12, and both may have.
However, a configuration using a slit electrode is preferable from the viewpoint of transmittance and ease of manufacture. Since the slit electrode does not have a driving force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied, the slit electrode cannot give a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules. However, in the present invention, a pretilt angle can be imparted by providing an alignment control layer to be described later, and a wide viewing angle by pixel division can be achieved by combining with a slit electrode obtained by pixel division.
 本発明において、プレチルト角を有するとは、電圧無印加状態において、基板面(第一の基板11及び第二の基板12における液晶層13と隣接する面)に対して垂直な方向と、液晶分子のダイレクターの方向とが、僅かに異なっている状態をいう。 In the present invention, having a pretilt angle means that a direction perpendicular to a substrate surface (a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 in the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12) in a state where no voltage is applied, and liquid crystal molecules This means that the direction of the director is slightly different.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、垂直配向(VA)型液晶表示素子なので、電圧無印加時に液晶分子のダイレクターは基板面に対して略垂直配向しているものである。通常、液晶分子を垂直配向させるためには、第一の基板と液晶層との間、第二の基板と液晶層との間に、それぞれポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリシロキサン等の垂直配向膜が配置されるが、本発明の液晶表示素子は、このような配向膜を有しない。 Since the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a vertical alignment (VA) type liquid crystal display element, the director of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface when no voltage is applied. Usually, in order to align liquid crystal molecules vertically, vertical alignment films such as polyimide, polyamide, polysiloxane, etc. are arranged between the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer, respectively. However, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention does not have such an alignment film.
 本発明の液晶表示素子においては、上述のPSA方式の液晶表示素子と同様に、電極間に電圧を印加し、液晶分子を僅かにチルトさせた状態で、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線を照射して、液晶組成物中の重合性化合物を重合させることにより、適切なプレチルト角を付与するものである。ただし、本発明の液晶表示素子においては、前記重合性化合物として、2種以上のものを用い、これら重合性化合物から配向制御層を形成する。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, as in the above-described PSA type liquid crystal display element, an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray is irradiated while a voltage is applied between the electrodes and the liquid crystal molecules are slightly tilted. An appropriate pretilt angle is imparted by polymerizing the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition. However, in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds are used, and an alignment control layer is formed from these polymerizable compounds.
 なお、本発明において、「液晶分子が略垂直配向している」とは、垂直配向している液晶分子のダイレクターが垂直方向からやや倒れてプレチルト角が付与されている状態を意味する。液晶分子が完全に垂直配向している場合、基板面に対して完全に平行な方向と、液晶分子のダイレクターの方向と、のなす角度は90°であり、液晶分子が完全にホモジニアス配向(基板面に対して水平に配向)している場合、前記角度は0°であり、液晶分子が略垂直配向している場合、前記角度は好ましくは89~85°、より好ましくは89~87°である。 In the present invention, “the liquid crystal molecules are substantially vertically aligned” means a state in which the director of the vertically aligned liquid crystal molecules is slightly tilted from the vertical direction to give a pretilt angle. When the liquid crystal molecules are perfectly vertically aligned, the angle formed by the direction completely parallel to the substrate surface and the direction of the director of the liquid crystal molecules is 90 °, and the liquid crystal molecules are completely homogeneously aligned ( When the liquid crystal molecules are aligned substantially vertically, the angle is preferably 89 to 85 °, more preferably 89 to 87 °. It is.
 2種以上の前記重合性化合物は、互いに異なる構造を有するものであればよいが、以下に示す第一の重合性化合物及び第二の重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 第一の重合性化合物及び第二の重合性化合物は、それぞれ1種を単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
Two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds may have any structure different from each other, but preferably include a first polymerizable compound and a second polymerizable compound described below.
Each of the first polymerizable compound and the second polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記第一の重合性化合物としては、例えば、重合性基を1個有するものもの、又は重合性基を2個とこれら重合性基の間にアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個もしくは2個以上のメチレン基(ただし、該メチレン基の個数は該アルキレン基の炭素原子数未満とする)は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとしてそれぞれ独立に酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)を有するものが好ましい。
 また、前記第一の重合性化合物は、(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましく、重合性基を1個有するものであれば、(メタ)アクリロイル基を1個有する単官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
Examples of the first polymerizable compound include those having one polymerizable group, or an alkylene group (one or two in the alkylene group) between two polymerizable groups and these polymerizable groups. The above methylene groups (provided that the number of methylene groups is less than the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group) are independently oxygen atoms, —CO—, —COO— or Those having — which may be substituted with —OCO— are preferred.
The first polymerizable compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate, and if it has one polymerizable group, it is a monofunctional (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group. It is preferable.
 なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの両方を意味するものとし、同様に、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基(HC=CH-CO-)及びメタクリロイル基(HC=C(CH)-CO-)の両方を意味するものとする。
 また、特に断りのない限り、「-COO-」は「-C(=O)-O-」を、「-OCO-」は「-O-C(=O)-」を、それぞれ意味するものとする。
In this specification, “(meth) acrylate” means both acrylate and methacrylate, and similarly, “(meth) acryloyl group” means acryloyl group (H 2 C═CH—CO Both-) and methacryloyl groups (H 2 C═C (CH 3 ) —CO—) are meant.
Unless otherwise specified, “—COO—” means “—C (═O) —O—” and “—OCO—” means “—O—C (═O) —”. And
 なかでも第一の重合性化合物は、下記一般式(X1a) Among them, the first polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X1a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
は単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~17のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
kは1~40を表し、
、B及びBは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数3~6のトリアルコキシシリル基で置換されていてもよい。)、又は下記一般式(I-b)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the formula, A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
A 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. May be)
A 3 and A 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms).
A 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms).
k represents 1 to 40,
B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are In addition, as the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more of the alkyl groups may be substituted. Each hydrogen atom may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms), or the following general formula (Ib)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
は単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)で表される基を表す。ただし、合計で2k+1個あるB、B及びBのうち、前記一般式(I-b)で表される基となるものの個数は0又は1個である。)で表される化合物、
下記一般式(X1b)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the formula, A 9 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
A 8 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. A group represented by formula (1). However, among the total of 2 k + 1 B 1 , B 2 and B 3 , the number of the group represented by the general formula (Ib) is 0 or 1. ) A compound represented by
The following general formula (X1b)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
6員環T、T及びTはそれぞれ独立して
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(Wherein R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
6-membered rings T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are each independently
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
のいずれか(ただしmは1から4の整数を表す。)を表し、
は0又は1を表し、
及びYはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-(CH-、-CHCHCHO-、-OCHCHCH-、-CH=CHCHCH-又は-CHCHCH=CH-を表し、
は単結合、-COO-又は-OCO-を表し、
は炭素原子数1~18の炭化水素基を表す。)で表される化合物、
及び下記一般式(X1c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(Where m represents an integer of 1 to 4),
n 4 represents 0 or 1,
Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—. , —CF═CF—, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 ═CHCH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 CH = CH-
Y 3 represents a single bond, —COO— or —OCO—,
R 8 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. ) A compound represented by
And the following general formula (X1c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式中、R70は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R71は縮合環を有する炭化水素基を表す。)で表される化合物
からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(Wherein R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring), and is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by:
 なお、本明細書において、「アルキレン基」とは、特に断りのない限り、脂肪族直鎖状又は分岐鎖状炭化水素の末端の炭素原子から水素原子各1個を除いてなる二価の基を意味するものとし、その中の水素原子からハロゲン原子若しくはアルキル基への置換、又はメチレン基から酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-もしくは-OCO-への置換がある場合には、その旨を特に断るものとする。また、「アルキレン鎖長」とは、例えば、直鎖状のアルキレン基の場合、その一般式「-(CH-(式中、nは1以上の整数を表す)」におけるnを意味するものとする。 In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the “alkylene group” is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each terminal carbon atom of an aliphatic linear or branched hydrocarbon. If there is a substitution from a hydrogen atom to a halogen atom or an alkyl group or a substitution from a methylene group to an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, to that effect Shall be specifically refused. The “alkylene chain length” means, for example, n in the general formula “— (CH 2 ) n — (where n represents an integer of 1 or more)” in the case of a linear alkylene group. It shall be.
 一般式(X1a)中、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、2-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、n-ヘプチル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、2,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、3-エチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基が挙げられる。 In general formula (X1a), the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched. Preferably, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl Group, 1-methylbutyl group, n-hexyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 2-methylhexyl group 3-methylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 2,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 3-ethyl Rupentyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl Is mentioned.
 一般式(X1a)中、A及びAにおける前記ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (X1a), examples of the halogen atom in A 3 and A 6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 A及びAにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される、炭素原子数1~17のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 また、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される前記ハロゲン原子としては、A及びAにおける前記ハロゲン原子と同じものが挙げられる。
The alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 is substituted is the same as the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different. Is mentioned.
Further, examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 are substituted, include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
 一般式(X1a)中、Aにおける炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基としては、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~15の前記アルキル基から1個の水素原子を除いてなる二価の基が挙げられる。 In general formula (X1a), the alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in A 2 is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 . The group of is mentioned.
 一般式(X1a)中、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 また、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される、炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 また、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される前記ハロゲン原子としては、A及びAにおける前記ハロゲン原子と同じものが挙げられる。
In general formula (X1a), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 4 and A 7 include the same groups as the alkyl groups in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different.
In addition, the alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in A 4 and A 7 is substituted is different from the alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different. The same can be mentioned.
Further, examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 4 and A 7 are substituted, include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
 一般式(X1a)中、B、B及びBにおける炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基としては、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 また、B、B及びBにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される、炭素原子数3~6のトリアルコキシシリル基としては、アルコキシ基としてメトキシ基及びエトキシ基のいずれかが合計で3個、同一のケイ素原子に結合したものが挙げられ、同一のケイ素原子に結合している3個の前記アルコキシ基は、すべて同じでもよいし、2個のみが同じであってもよく、具体的には、トリメトキシシリル基、トリエトキシシリル基、エトキシジメトキシシリル基、ジエトキシメトキシシリル基等が挙げられる。
 また、B、B及びBにおける前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される前記ハロゲン原子としては、A及びAにおける前記ハロゲン原子と同じものが挙げられる。
In the general formula (X1a), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in B 1 , B 2 and B 3 is a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 . The same thing as a chain-like or branched alkyl group is mentioned.
Further, the trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in B 1 , B 2 and B 3 is substituted includes any one of a methoxy group and an ethoxy group as the alkoxy group. 3 may be bonded to the same silicon atom, and the three alkoxy groups bonded to the same silicon atom may all be the same or only two may be the same. Specifically, a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, an ethoxydimethoxysilyl group, a diethoxymethoxysilyl group, and the like can be given.
In addition, examples of the halogen atom in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in B 1 , B 2, and B 3 is substituted include the same halogen atoms as those in A 3 and A 6 .
 一般式(X1a)において、B、B及びBは合計で2k+1個存在するが、そのうち、一般式(I-b)で表される基となるものの個数は0又は1個であり、一般式(I-b)で表される基であるのは、B、B及びBのいずれであってもよいが、Bであることが好ましい。 In the general formula (X1a), B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are present in total 2k + 1, of which the number of the groups represented by the general formula (Ib) is 0 or 1. The group represented by the general formula (Ib) may be any of B 1 , B 2 and B 3 , but is preferably B 1 .
 一般式(X1a)で表される化合物のうち、B、B又はBが前記一般式(I-b)で表される基であるもので、好ましいものとしては、下記一般式(X1a-1) Among the compounds represented by the general formula (X1a), B 1 , B 2 or B 3 is a group represented by the above general formula (Ib), and preferred examples thereof include the following general formula (X1a -1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式中、A11及びA19はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
12及びA18は、それぞれ独立して単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
13及びA16は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状のアルキル基(該直鎖状のアルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
14及びA17は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
15は炭素原子数9~16のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の少なくとも1~5個のメチレン基において、該メチレン基中の1個の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)を表す。)で表される化合物、
下記一般式(X1a-2)
(In the formula, A 11 and A 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group;
A 12 and A 18 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other). Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently a fluorine atom, Which may be substituted with a methyl group or an ethyl group)
A 13 and A 16 each independently represents a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the linear alkyl group have an oxygen atom Each of which may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— as a non-direct bond.
A 14 and A 17 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other). Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom or Which may be substituted with an alkyl group of 1 to 9 carbon atoms)
A 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in at least 1 to 5 methylene groups in the alkylene group, one hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms). In the alkylene group, one or two or more methylene groups may be independently selected as those in which oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. And may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. ) A compound represented by
The following general formula (X1a-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(式中、A21及びA22はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、aは6~22の整数を表す。)で表される化合物、
下記一般式(X1a-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(Wherein A 21 and A 22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents an integer of 6 to 22),
The following general formula (X1a-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、A31及びA32はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、b、c及びdはそれぞれ独立して1~10の整数を表し、eは0~6の整数を表す。)で表される化合物、
及び下記一般式(X1a-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(Wherein A 31 and A 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, b, c and d each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10, and e represents an integer of 0 to 6). ) A compound represented by
And the following general formula (X1a-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式中、A41及びA42はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、m、n、p及びqはそれぞれ独立して1~10の整数を表す。)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる1種以上が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(Wherein A 41 and A 42 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and m, n, p and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10). 1 or more types chosen from a group are mentioned.
 一般式(X1a-1)中、A13及びA16における炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状のアルキル基としては、A及びAにおける直鎖状の前記アルキル基と同じものと、さらにノナデシル基及びイコシル基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(X1a-1)中、A14及びA17における炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 一般式(X1a-1)中、A12及びA18における炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基としては、Aにおける前記アルキレン基と同じものが挙げられる。
 一般式(X1a-1)中、A15における炭素原子数9~16のアルキレン基としては、A及びAにおける炭素原子数9~16の前記アルキル基から1個の水素原子を除いてなる二価の基が挙げられる。
 A14及びA17における前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される、炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基と、A15における前記アルキレン基の水素原子が置換される、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、A及びAにおける前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 また、A14及びA17における前記アルキル基の水素原子が置換される前記ハロゲン原子としては、A及びAにおける前記ハロゲン原子と同じものが挙げられる。
In the general formula (X1a-1), the linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in A 13 and A 16 is the same as the linear alkyl group in A 3 and A 6 ; Nonadecyl group, icosyl group, etc. are mentioned.
In general formula (X1a-1), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in A 14 and A 17 include the same alkyl groups as those in A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different. It is done.
In general formula (X1a-1), examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms for A 12 and A 18 include the same alkylene groups as those described above for A 2 .
In general formula (X1a-1), the alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms in A 15 is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 A divalent group is mentioned.
An alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group in A 14 and A 17 is substituted; and a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom of the alkylene group in A 15 is substituted. Examples of the chain or branched alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as those described above for A 3 and A 6 except that the number of carbon atoms is different.
Further, examples of the halogen atom of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group in A 14 and A 17 are substituted, include those similar to the aforementioned halogen atom in A 3 and A 6.
 一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物は、A11及びA19がいずれもメチル基であるものよりも、重合速度がより速い点で、A11及びA19がいずれも水素原子であるものが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1) is such that A 11 and A 19 are both hydrogen atoms in that the polymerization rate is faster than that in which both A 11 and A 19 are methyl groups. Those are preferred.
 また、一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物は、A12及びA18はそれぞれ独立して単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基であるものが好ましい。2個の重合性基間の距離は、A12及びA18とA15とで独立的にそれぞれ炭素数の長さを変えることで調整できる。一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物の特徴は、重合性基間の距離(架橋点間の距離)が長いことであるが、この距離があまりに長いと重合速度が極端に遅くなって相分離に悪い影響が出てくるため、重合性基間の距離には上限がある。一方、A13及びA16の2個の側鎖間の距離も主鎖の運動性に影響がある。すなわち、A13及びA16間の距離が短いと側鎖A13及びA16が互いに干渉するようになり、運動性の低下をきたす。従って、一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物において重合性基間の距離はA12、A18、及びA15の和で決まるが、このうちA12とA18を長くするよりもA15を長くする方が好ましい。 In the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1), it is preferable that A 12 and A 18 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The distance between two polymerizable groups can be adjusted by changing the length of carbon number independently for A 12 and A 18 and A 15 . The feature of the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1) is that the distance between the polymerizable groups (distance between the crosslinking points) is long, but if this distance is too long, the polymerization rate becomes extremely slow. There is an upper limit on the distance between the polymerizable groups because it adversely affects the phase separation. On the other hand, the distance between the two side chains of A 13 and A 16 also affects the mobility of the main chain. That is, if the distance between A 13 and A 16 is short, side chains A 13 and A 16 will interfere with each other, resulting in a decrease in mobility. Accordingly, in the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1), the distance between the polymerizable groups is determined by the sum of A 12 , A 18 , and A 15 , and among these, A 12 is longer than A 12 and A 18 are made longer. It is preferable to make 15 longer.
 一方、側鎖であるA13、A14、A16、A17においては、これらの側鎖の長さが次のような態様であることが好ましい。 On the other hand, in the side chains A 13 , A 14 , A 16 , and A 17 , the lengths of these side chains are preferably as follows.
 一般式(X1a-1)において、A13及びA14は主鎖が同じ炭素原子に結合しているが、これらの長さが異なるとき、長い方の側鎖をA13と呼ぶものとする(A13の長さとA14の長さが等しい場合は、いずれが一方をA13とする)。同様に、A16の長さとA17の長さが異なるとき、長いほうの側鎖をA16と呼ぶものとする(A16の長さとA17の長さが等しい場合は、いずれが一方をA16とする)。 In general formula (X1a-1), A 13 and A 14 are bonded to the same carbon atom in the main chain, but when their lengths are different, the longer side chain is referred to as A 13 ( If the length and the length of a 14 of a 13 are equal, one to one and a 13). Similarly, when the length of the length and A 17 of A 16 are different, if the length and the length of A 17 in the longer side chain of is referred to as A 16 (A 16 are equal, either the one and a 16).
 このようなA13及びA16は、本発明においては、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数2~20の直鎖状のアルキル基(該直鎖状のアルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)とされているが、好ましくは、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数2~18の直鎖状のアルキル基(該直鎖状のアルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)であり、より好ましくは、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数3~15の直鎖状のアルキル基(該直鎖状のアルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)である。 In the present invention, such A 13 and A 16 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more present in the linear alkyl group). These methylene groups are each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. , Each independently a linear alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the linear alkyl group are those in which oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) Each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and more preferably each independently a straight chain of 3 to 15 carbon atoms. An alkyl group (the linear alkyl One or more methylene groups present in the group may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, assuming that the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. Good.)
 側鎖は主鎖に比べて運動性が高いので、これが存在することは低温での高分子鎖の運動性向上に寄与するが、前述したように二つの側鎖間で空間的な干渉が起こる状況では逆に運動性が低下する。このような側鎖間での空間的な干渉を防ぐためには側鎖間距離を長くすること、及び、側鎖長を必要な範囲内で短くすることが有効である。 Since the side chain has higher mobility than the main chain, its presence contributes to improvement of the mobility of the polymer chain at low temperature, but as mentioned above, spatial interference occurs between the two side chains. On the contrary, motility decreases. In order to prevent such spatial interference between side chains, it is effective to increase the distance between the side chains and to shorten the side chain length within a necessary range.
 さらにA14及びA17は、本発明においては、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとしてそれぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)とされているが、好ましくは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~7のアルキル基(該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとしてそれぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)であり、より好ましくは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基(該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとしてそれぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)であり、さらに好ましくは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基(該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとしてそれぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)である。 In the present invention, A 14 and A 17 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are oxygen atoms). Are each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— so that they are not directly bonded to each other, and one or more hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl group Are each independently substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.), But preferably each independently an hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. A group (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are each independently an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, as oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other); More preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are Oxygen atoms may be independently substituted with oxygen atoms, —CO—, —COO—, or —OCO— as those in which oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, and more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the alkyl group are each independently an oxygen atom, —CO—, It may be substituted with —COO— or —OCO—.
 A14及びA17についても、その長さが長すぎることは側鎖間の空間的な干渉を誘起するため好ましくない。一方で、A14及びA17が短い長さのアルキル鎖である場合、高い運動性を持った側鎖になり得ること、及び隣接する主鎖同士の接近を阻害する働きを有することが考えられ、高分子主鎖間の干渉を防ぐ作用が、主鎖の運動性を高めているものと考えられ、アンカリングエネルギーが低温で増加して行くことを抑制することができ、高分子安定化液晶表示素子の低温域における表示特性を改善する上で有効である。 For even A 14 and A 17, the it is too long length it is not preferred to induce spatial interference between side chains. On the other hand, when A 14 and A 17 is an alkyl chain of short length, high to motility can become a side chain having, and is considered to have a function of inhibiting the approach of adjacent main chain between The action of preventing the interference between the polymer main chains is considered to increase the mobility of the main chains, and it is possible to suppress the anchoring energy from increasing at low temperatures, and the polymer stabilized liquid crystal This is effective in improving the display characteristics of the display element in a low temperature range.
 二つの側鎖間に位置するA15は、側鎖間距離を変える意味からも、架橋点間距離を広げてガラス転移点を下げる意味からも、長い方が好ましい。しかし、A15が長過ぎる場合には、一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物の分子量が大きくなり過ぎ、液晶組成物との相溶性が低下してくること、及び重合速度が遅くなり過ぎて相分離に悪影響が出ること等の理由から、自ずとその長さには上限が存在する。 A 15 located between the two side chains is preferably longer in terms of changing the distance between the side chains and also in increasing the distance between the crosslinking points to lower the glass transition point. However, when A 15 is too long, the general formula becomes too large molecular weight of the compound represented by (X1a-1), the compatibility with the liquid crystal composition is lowered, and the polymerization rate decreases There is an upper limit on the length of the length, for example, because the phase separation is adversely affected.
 よって、A15は、炭素原子数9から16のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の少なくとも1~5個のメチレン基において、該メチレン基中の1個の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)であることが好ましい。 Accordingly, A 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in at least 1 to 5 methylene groups in the alkylene group, each hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents 1 carbon atom). May be substituted with 10 to 10 linear or branched alkyl groups, and one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other. And may be substituted with an atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—.
 すなわち、A15のアルキレン鎖長は、炭素原子数9~16であることが好ましい。A15のアルキレン基中の水素原子が炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基で置換されている場合、アルキル基の置換数は1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましく、2又は3個がさらに好ましい。そして、置換するアルキル基の炭素原子数は1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましい。 That is, the alkylene chain length of A 15 is preferably 9 to 16 carbon atoms. When the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group for A 15 is substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the number of substitution of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3 More preferably. The number of carbon atoms in the substituted alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
 一般式(X1a-1)で表される化合物は、「Tetrahedron Letters,Vol.30,pp4985」、「Tetrahedron Letters,Vol.23,No6,pp681-684」及び「Journal of Polymer Science:PartA:Polymer Chemistry,Vol.34,pp217-225」等に記載の公知の方法で製造できる。 The compounds represented by the general formula (X1a-1) are “Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 30, pp 4985”, “Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. , Vol. 34, pp 217-225 "and the like.
 例えば、一般式(X1a-1)において、A14及びA17が水素である化合物は、エポキシ基を複数個有する化合物と、エポキシ基と反応し得る活性水素を有するアクリル酸やメタクリル酸等の重合性化合物とを反応させ、水酸基を有する重合性化合物を合成し、次に、飽和脂肪酸と反応させることにより得られる。
 さらに、複数個のエポキシ基を有する化合物と飽和脂肪酸とを反応させ、水酸基を有する化合物を合成し、次に水酸基と反応し得る基を有するアクリル酸塩化物等の重合性化合物を反応させることにより得られる。
For example, in the general formula (X1a-1), a compound in which A 14 and A 17 are hydrogen includes a compound having a plurality of epoxy groups and a polymer such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having active hydrogen capable of reacting with the epoxy group. It can be obtained by reacting with a functional compound to synthesize a polymerizable compound having a hydroxyl group and then reacting with a saturated fatty acid.
Furthermore, by reacting a compound having a plurality of epoxy groups with a saturated fatty acid, synthesizing a compound having a hydroxyl group, and then reacting a polymerizable compound such as an acrylate chloride having a group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group. can get.
 またラジカル重合性化合物が、例えば、一般式(X1a-1)のA14及びA17がアルキル基であり、A12及びA18が炭素原子数1であるメチレン基である場合には、オキセタン基を複数個有する化合物と、オキセタン基と反応し得る脂肪酸塩化物や脂肪酸とを反応させ、さらに、アクリル酸等の活性水素を有する重合性化合物を反応させる方法や、オキセタン基を1個有する化合物と、オキセタン基と反応し得る多価の脂肪酸塩化物や脂肪酸とを反応させ、さらに、アクリル酸等の活性水素を有する重合性化合物を反応させる方法等により得られる。
 また、一般式(X1a-1)のA12及びA18が、炭素原子数3のアルキレン基(プロピレン基、-CHCHCH-)である場合には、オキセタン基の代わりにフラン基を複数個有する化合物を用いることにより得られる。さらに、一般式(X1a-1)のA12及びA18が、炭素原子数4のアルキレン基(ブチレン基、-CHCHCHCH-)である場合には、オキセタン基の代わりにピラン基を複数個有する化合物を用いることにより得られる。
 このようにして得られた一般式(X1a-1)の化合物のうち、特に下記一般式(X1a-1-1)
In the case where the radical polymerizable compound is, for example, A 14 and A 17 in the general formula (X1a-1) are alkyl groups and A 12 and A 18 are methylene groups having 1 carbon atom, an oxetane group And a method of reacting a fatty acid chloride or a fatty acid capable of reacting with an oxetane group with a polymerizable compound having active hydrogen such as acrylic acid, or a compound having one oxetane group It can be obtained by a method of reacting a polyvalent fatty acid chloride or a fatty acid capable of reacting with an oxetane group and further reacting a polymerizable compound having active hydrogen such as acrylic acid.
Further, when A 12 and A 18 in the general formula (X1a-1) are an alkylene group having 3 carbon atoms (propylene group, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), a furan group is used instead of the oxetane group. It can be obtained by using a compound having a plurality of. Further, when A 12 and A 18 in the general formula (X1a-1) are an alkylene group having 4 carbon atoms (butylene group, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), instead of the oxetane group It can be obtained by using a compound having a plurality of pyran groups.
Of the compounds of the general formula (X1a-1) thus obtained, the following general formula (X1a-1-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式中、A11及びA19はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
12’及びA18’はそれぞれメチレン基を表し、
13及びA16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数2から20の直鎖アルキル基(該直鎖アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
14’及びA17’はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基を表し、
15は炭素原子数9から16のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の少なくとも1~5個のメチレン基において、該メチレン基中の1個の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1から10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよい。)を表す。)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(In the formula, A 11 and A 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group;
A 12 ′ and A 18 ′ each represent a methylene group;
A 13 and A 16 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups present in the linear alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) Each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-)
A 14 ′ and A 17 ′ each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
A 15 represents an alkylene group having 9 to 16 carbon atoms (in the alkylene group, at least 1 to 5 methylene groups, each hydrogen atom in the methylene group independently represents one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). It may be substituted with a linear or branched alkyl group, and one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom,- CO—, —COO— or —OCO— may be substituted. ) Is preferred.
 A14’及びA17’における前記アルキル基としては、A14及びA17における前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group for A 14 ′ and A 17 ′ include the same alkyl groups as those for A 14 and A 17 .
 一般式(X1a-1-1)で表される化合物は、A15中の-COO-及び-OCO-の総数が2個以下で、かつ、A13及びA16中の-COO-及び-OCO-の数がそれぞれ1個以下であるものが特に好ましく、具体的には、下記式(X1a-101)~(X1a-109)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (X1a-1-1), the total number of —COO— and —OCO— in A 15 is 2 or less, and —COO— and —OCO in A 13 and A 16 Particularly preferred are those in which each of-is 1 or less, and specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (X1a-101) to (X1a-109).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 一般式(X1b)中、Rにおける炭素原子数1~18の前記炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基のいずれでもよく、前記脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよく、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基及び不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基のいずれでもよい。また、環状の炭化水素基は、単環状及び多環状のいずれでもよい。
 なかでも、Rにおける炭素原子数1~18の前記炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~18の前記アルキル基と同じものが挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であることが特に好ましい。
In the general formula (X1b), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 8 may be either an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is linear These may be branched or cyclic, and may be any of a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The cyclic hydrocarbon group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
Among them, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 8 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 Examples thereof include the same alkyl groups having 1 to 18 atoms, and a linear or branched saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is particularly preferable.
 一般式(X1b)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、6員環T、T及びTが、すべて炭化水素環であるものが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (X1b) include those in which the 6-membered rings T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are all hydrocarbon rings.
 一般式(X1c)で表される化合物において、R71の炭化水素基は、縮合環を有するものであればよく、縮合環のみからなるものでもよいし、縮合環とそれ以外の炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
 前記縮合環は、脂肪族環及び芳香族環のいずれでもよい。そして、前記脂肪族環は、飽和脂肪族環及び不飽和脂肪族環のいずれでもよく、飽和脂肪族環及び不飽和脂肪族環をともに有するものであってもよい。また、縮合環を構成する環の数は2個以上であればよいが、2~7個であることが好ましい。
 縮合環以外の炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよく、鎖状(直鎖状及び/又は分岐鎖状)構造及び環状構造をともに有するものであってもよい。そして、鎖状構造及び環状構造の炭化水素基は、飽和炭化水素基及び不飽和炭化水素基のいずれでもよく、環状構造の炭化水素基は、脂肪族環炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基のいずれでもよい。
 R71で好ましいものとしては、ステロイドから1個の水素原子を除いてなる一価の基が挙げられ、コレステロールから水酸基を除いてなる一価の基が好ましい。
In the compound represented by the general formula (X1c), the hydrocarbon group of R 71 may be any one having a condensed ring, may be composed only of a condensed ring, or may be a condensed ring and other hydrocarbon groups. You may have.
The condensed ring may be either an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring. The aliphatic ring may be either a saturated aliphatic ring or an unsaturated aliphatic ring, and may have both a saturated aliphatic ring and an unsaturated aliphatic ring. The number of rings constituting the condensed ring may be two or more, but preferably 2 to 7.
The hydrocarbon group other than the condensed ring may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may have both a linear (linear and / or branched) structure and a cyclic structure. The chain structure and cyclic structure hydrocarbon group may be either a saturated hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the cyclic structure hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic ring hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Either is acceptable.
Preferred examples of R 71 include a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a steroid, and a monovalent group obtained by removing a hydroxyl group from cholesterol is preferred.
 前記第二の重合性化合物としては、例えば、第一の重合性化合物に該当しない、重合性基を2個有するものが好ましい。
 また、前記第二の重合性化合物は、(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基を2個有する二官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
As said 2nd polymeric compound, what has two polymeric groups which do not correspond to a 1st polymeric compound is preferable, for example.
The second polymerizable compound is preferably (meth) acrylate, and is preferably bifunctional (meth) acrylate having two (meth) acryloyl groups.
 なかでも第二の重合性化合物は、下記一般式(X2a) Among them, the second polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X2a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
及びCはそれぞれ独立して1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロへキシレン基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリダジン-3,6-ジイル基、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基、シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、2,6-ナフチレン基又はインダン-2,5-ジイル基(これらの基のうち、1,4-フェニレン基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、2,6-ナフチレン基及びインダン-2,5-ジイル基は、1個又は2個以上の水素原子がそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基若しくはトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
は、単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHCHO-、-OCHCH-、-CHCHCHO-、-OCHCHCH-、-CHCHOCO-、-COOCHCH-、-CHCHCOO-、-OCOCHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-COO-又は-OCO-を表し、
は、0、1又は2を表すが、nが2の場合、複数個あるC及びZは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(Wherein R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
C 4 and C 5 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyridazine-3,6- Diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, cyclohexene-1,4-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group or indane-2,5-diyl group (among these groups, 1,4-phenylene group) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group and indane-2,5-diyl group each independently have one or more hydrogen atoms. Fluorine atom, Represents atom, a methyl group, may be substituted with a trifluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethoxy group. The)
Z 3 and Z 5 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other; Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently a fluorine atom, methyl Group or an ethyl group, which may be substituted)
Z 4 is a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 COO—, —OCOCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C— , —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH═CHCOO—, —OCOCH═CH—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, and when n 2 is 2, a plurality of C 4 and Z 4 may be the same or different. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by
 一般式(X2a)中、Z及びZにおける炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基としては、A及びAにおける炭素原子数1~15の前記アルキル基から1個の水素原子を除いてなる二価の基が挙げられる。 In the general formula (X2a), as the alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in Z 3 and Z 5, one hydrogen atom is removed from the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in A 3 and A 6 . And a divalent group.
 第二の重合性化合物で好ましいものとしては、下記式(X2a-101)~(X2a-140)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the second polymerizable compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (X2a-101) to (X2a-140).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 配向制御層の形成に用いる前記重合性化合物は、2種以上であればよいが、液晶表示素子としての諸特性及び液晶表示素子の焼き付き特性を悪化させることなく、液晶表示素子製造時の滴下痕が発生し難いという効果により優れる点から、2~4種であることが好ましく、2~3種であることがより好ましく、2種であることが特に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound used for the formation of the orientation control layer may be two or more types, but it does not deteriorate the various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element and the image sticking characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. 2 to 4 types are preferable, 2 to 3 types are more preferable, and 2 types are particularly preferable.
 配向制御層の形成に用いる前記重合性化合物のそれぞれの比率は、前記重合性化合物を何種用いるかによって、適宜調節すればよいが、前記重合性化合物の総使用量に占める比率が10~90質量%であることが好ましく、14~86質量%であることがより好ましい。
 特に、配向制御層の形成に第一の重合性化合物及び第二の重合性化合物をそれぞれ1種ずつのみ用いる場合には、第二の重合性化合物の使用量に対する第一の重合性化合物の使用量は、1~8質量倍であることが好ましく、1.5~6質量倍であることがより好ましい。
The ratio of each of the polymerizable compounds used for forming the orientation control layer may be appropriately adjusted depending on how many kinds of the polymerizable compounds are used, but the ratio of the polymerizable compound to the total amount used is 10 to 90%. The content is preferably mass%, more preferably 14 to 86 mass%.
In particular, when only one each of the first polymerizable compound and the second polymerizable compound is used to form the orientation control layer, the use of the first polymerizable compound with respect to the amount of the second polymerizable compound used The amount is preferably 1 to 8 times by mass, and more preferably 1.5 to 6 times by mass.
 前記液晶組成物は、下記一般式(I) The liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(式中、R1α及びR2αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物、
及び下記一般式(II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 8 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 1 represents 1 or 2, and when l 1 is 2, Q 1 may be the same or different.)
And the following general formula (II)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式中、R3αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R4αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0、1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Gは単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表す。)で表される化合物を含有する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(Wherein R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best, G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - contains a representative) and a compound represented by - CF 2 O-or -OCF 2. .
 一般式(I)中、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、2-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、n-ヘプチル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、2,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、3-エチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基が挙げられる。
 R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルキル基は、炭素原子数1~6であることが好ましい。
In general formula (I), the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched. Preferably, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl Group, 1-methylbutyl group, n-hexyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 2-methylhexyl group 3-methylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 2,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 3-ethyl Pentyl group, 2,2,3-trimethyl butyl group, n- octyl group, and isooctyl group.
The alkyl group in R and R preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(I)中、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基としては、エテニル基(ビニル基)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基)等、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数2~8の前記アルキル基において、炭素原子間の1個の単結合(C-C)が二重結合(C=C)に置換されてなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルケニル基は、炭素原子数2~6であることが好ましく、以下の構造のものがより好ましい。
In general formula (I), examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), etc., and carbon atoms in R and R Examples of the alkyl group represented by Formulas 2 to 8 include monovalent groups in which one single bond (C—C) between carbon atoms is substituted with a double bond (C═C).
The alkenyl group in R and R preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably has the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式中、アルケニル基は、その右端の炭素原子が環構造へ結合するものとする。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(In the formula, the rightmost carbon atom of the alkenyl group is bonded to the ring structure.)
 一般式(I)中、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数1~8の前記アルキル基が酸素原子に結合してなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルコキシ基は、炭素原子数1~6であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~5であることがより好ましく、炭素原子数1~3であることが特に好ましい。
In general formula (I), the alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like, and the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R is oxygen. A monovalent group formed by bonding to an atom is exemplified.
The alkoxy group in R and R preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
 一般式(I)中、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基としては、エテニルオキシ基、2-プロペニルオキシ基等、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数2~8の前記アルケニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルケニルオキシ基は、炭素原子数2~6であることが好ましい。
In the formula (I), the alkenyloxy group R l [alpha] and R 2.alpha having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in, ethenyloxy group, 2-propenyloxy group, wherein the R l [alpha] and 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R 2.alpha Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom.
The alkenyloxy group in R and R preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(I)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、R1α及びR2αの組み合わせが、前記アルキル基同士であるもの、前記アルキル基及びアルコキシ基であるもの、前記アルキル基及びアルケニル基であるものが挙げられる。
 また、一般式(I)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、例えば、下記一般式(I-1)~(I-4)で表されるものが挙げられる。
Preferred compounds represented by the general formula (I) include those in which the combination of R and R is the alkyl group, the alkyl group and the alkoxy group, the alkyl group and the alkenyl group. Some are listed.
Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (I) include those represented by the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式中、R1α及びR2αは、前記と同じである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(In the formula, R and R are the same as described above.)
 前記液晶組成物の一般式(I)で表される化合物の含有量は、30~65質量%であることが好ましく、35~55質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and more preferably 35 to 55% by mass.
 一般式(II)中、R3αは、R1α及びR2αと同じものである。
 一般式(II)中、R4αにおける炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基及びアルコキシ基としては、R1α及びR2αにおける炭素原子数1~8の前記アルキル基及びアルコキシ基と同じものが挙げられる。
 一般式(II)中、R4αにおける炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、及び炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基としては、炭素原子数が異なる点以外は、R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルケニル基及びアルケニルオキシ基と同じものが挙げられる。
In the general formula (II), R is the same as R and R .
In general formula (II), examples of the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R include the same as the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R . .
In the general formula (II), the alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms and the alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms in R are the same as those in R and R except that the number of carbon atoms is different. The same thing as an alkenyl group and an alkenyloxy group is mentioned.
 R3α及びR4αにおける前記アルキル基は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~6であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~5であることがより好ましい。
 R3α及びR4αにおける前記アルコキシ基は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~6であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~5であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl groups in R and R preferably each independently have 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The alkoxy groups in R and R preferably each independently have 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、R3αが前記アルキル基であるもの、R4αが前記アルコキシ基であるもの、lが0又は1であるもの、Gが単結合であるものが挙げられる。
 また、一般式(II)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、例えば、下記一般式(II-1)~(II-3)で表されるものが挙げられる。
Preferred compounds represented by the general formula (II) are those in which R is the alkyl group, R is the alkoxy group, l 2 is 0 or 1, and G 1 is simple. What is a bond is mentioned.
In addition, preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) include those represented by the following general formulas (II-1) to (II-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式中、R3α及びR4αは、前記と同じである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(In the formula, R and R are the same as described above.)
 前記液晶組成物の一般式(II)で表される化合物の含有量は、30~65質量%であることが好ましく、35~55質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (II) in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and more preferably 35 to 55% by mass.
 前記液晶組成物において、[一般式(II)で表される化合物の含有量]/[一般式(I)で表される化合物の含有量](質量比)は、8/2~2/8であることが好ましく、7/3~3/7であることがより好ましく、6/4~4/6であることが特に好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition, [content of compound represented by general formula (II)] / [content of compound represented by general formula (I)] (mass ratio) is 8/2 to 2/8. Is preferable, 7/3 to 3/7 is more preferable, and 6/4 to 4/6 is particularly preferable.
 前記液晶組成物は、前記一般式(I)及び(II)で表される化合物以外に、これらに該当しない下記一般式(III) In addition to the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II), the liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (III)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、R5α及びR6αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基(該アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基又はアルケニルオキシ基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子又は-CO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はテトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル基を表し、lは0又は1を表し、Gは単結合、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表し、L~Lは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、L~Lの少なくとも2個はフッ素原子を表し、lが0を表しかつGが単結合を表す場合、L及びLが共にフッ素原子を表すことはない。)で表される化合物を含有してもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 alkenyloxy groups (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group independently represent oxygen atoms or -CO- may be substituted with one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group represents may be substituted by a fluorine atom.), Q 3 is 1,4-phenylene group or Represents a tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, l 3 represents 0 or 1, G 2 represents a single bond, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O— or —OCF 2 —. , L 1 ~ L 6 is, Represents a respectively independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least two L 1 ~ L 6 represents a fluorine atom, if and G 2 l 3 represents 0 represents a single bond, L 5 and L 6 may not contain a fluorine atom.) May be contained.
 一般式(III)中、R5α及びR6αにおける炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基は、R1α及びR2αにおけるものと同じである。 In the general formula (III), an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms in R and R The alkenyloxy group is the same as in R and R .
 一般式(III)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、例えば、下記一般式(III-1) Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include, for example, the following general formula (III-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、R5α及びR6αは、前記と同じである。)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(Wherein, R and R are the same as described above).
 また、前記液晶組成物は、前記一般式(I)及び(II)で表される化合物以外に、これらに該当しない下記一般式(IV) Further, the liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (IV) which does not correspond to the compounds other than the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式中、R7α及びR8αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基を表す。)で表される化合物を含有してもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
( Wherein R and R each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). It may contain the compound.
 一般式(IV)中、R7α及びR8αにおける炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、2-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、n-ヘプチル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、2,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、3-エチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基が挙げられる。
 R1α及びR2αにおける前記アルキル基は、炭素原子数1~6であることが好ましい。
In general formula (IV), the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R and R may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched. Preferably, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl Group, 1-methylbutyl group, n-hexyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 2-methylhexyl group 3-methylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 2,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 3-ethyl Rupenchiru group, 2,2,3-trimethyl butyl group, n- octyl group, an isooctyl group, a nonyl group, decyl group.
The alkyl group in R and R preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(IV)中、R7α及びR8αにおける炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基としては、R7α及びR8αにおける炭素原子数2~10の前記アルキル基において、炭素原子間の1個の単結合(C-C)が二重結合(C=C)に置換されてなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R7α及びR8αにおける前記アルケニル基は、炭素原子数2~6であることが好ましく、このようなものとして、R1α及びR2αの場合と同じものが挙げられる。
In formula (IV), Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in the R 7.alpha and R 8α, in the alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in the R 7.alpha and R 8α, the one between carbon atoms Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which a single bond (C—C) is substituted with a double bond (C═C).
The alkenyl group in R and R preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include the same as those in R and R .
 一般式(IV)中、R7α及びR8αにおける炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等、R7α及びR8αにおける炭素原子数1~10の前記アルキル基が酸素原子に結合してなる一価の基が挙げられる。 In the general formula (IV), the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R and R is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like, and the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R and R is oxygen. A monovalent group formed by bonding to an atom is exemplified.
 また、前記液晶組成物は、前記一般式(I)及び(II)で表される化合物以外に、これらに該当しない下記一般式(V) In addition to the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II), the liquid crystal composition includes the following general formula (V) that does not correspond to these compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式中、R9α及びR10αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~18のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~18のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0又は1を表す。)で表される化合物を含有してもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Wherein R and R 10α are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or 2 to 18 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 4 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and l 4 represents 0 or 1. Good.
 一般式(V)中、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、2-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、n-ヘプチル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、2,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、3-エチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基が挙げられる。
 R9α及びR10αにおける前記アルキル基は、炭素原子数1~10であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~6であることがより好ましい。
In general formula (V), the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R and R 10α may be linear, branched or cyclic, but may be linear or branched. Preferably, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl Group, 1-methylbutyl group, n-hexyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 2-methylhexyl group 3-methylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 2,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 3-ethyl Rupentyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl Is mentioned.
The alkyl group in R and R 10α preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(V)中、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基としては、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数2~18の前記アルキル基において、炭素原子間の1個の単結合(C-C)が二重結合(C=C)に置換されてなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R9α及びR10αにおける前記アルケニル基は、炭素原子数2~6であることが好ましく、このようなものとして、R1α及びR2αの場合と同じものが挙げられる。
In formula (V), Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in the R 9.alpha and R 10 [alpha], in the alkyl group of R 9.alpha and R 10 [alpha] 2 to 18 carbon atoms in, the one between carbon atoms Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which a single bond (C—C) is substituted with a double bond (C═C).
The alkenyl group in R and R 10α preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include the same ones as in R and R .
 一般式(V)中、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数1~18のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数1~18の前記アルキル基が酸素原子に結合してなる一価の基が挙げられる。
 R9α及びR10αにおける前記アルコキシ基は、炭素原子数1~10であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~6であることがより好ましい。
In the general formula (V), the alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R and R 10α is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like, and the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R and R 10α is oxygen. A monovalent group formed by bonding to an atom is exemplified.
The alkoxy group in R and R 10α preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(V)中、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数2~18のアルケニルオキシ基としては、エテニルオキシ基、2-プロペニルオキシ基等、R9α及びR10αにおける炭素原子数2~18の前記アルケニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる一価の基が挙げられる。 In general formula (V), examples of the alkenyloxy group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in R and R 10α include an ethenyloxy group, a 2-propenyloxy group, etc., and those having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in R and R 10α Examples thereof include a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom.
 一般式(V)で表される化合物で好ましいものとしては、例えば、下記一般式(V-1) Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (V) include, for example, the following general formula (V-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式中、R9α及びR10αは、前記と同じである。)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(Wherein, R and R 10α are the same as described above).
 前記一般式(III)、(IV)及び(V)で表される化合物など、前記一般式(I)及び(II)で表される化合物以外の成分の前記液晶組成物における含有量は、25質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the components other than the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) such as the compounds represented by the general formulas (III), (IV), and (V) in the liquid crystal composition is 25. It is preferable that it is mass% or less, and it is more preferable that it is 20 mass% or less.
 液晶表示素子10は、さらに、第一の基板11と液晶層13との間、及び第二の基板12と液晶層13との間、の少なくとも一方に、パッシベーション膜を有していてもよい(図示略)。このように、パッシベーション膜を有することで、近傍の第一の基板11又は第二の基板12の表面が保護される。 The liquid crystal display element 10 may further include a passivation film between at least one of the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13 ( (Not shown). As described above, the surface of the first substrate 11 or the second substrate 12 in the vicinity is protected by having the passivation film.
 液晶表示素子10は、さらに、第一の基板11と液晶層13との間、及び第二の基板12と液晶層13との間、の少なくとも一方に、平坦化膜を有していてもよい(図示略)。このように、平坦化膜を有することで、液晶表示素子としての諸特性がより向上する。なお、前記パッシベーション膜の表面の平坦性が高い場合には、かかるパッシベーション膜を平坦化膜としても取り扱ってよい。 The liquid crystal display element 10 may further include a planarization film between at least one of the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13. (Not shown). As described above, by having the planarizing film, various characteristics as the liquid crystal display element are further improved. If the surface of the passivation film has high flatness, the passivation film may be handled as a flattening film.
 前記パッシベーション膜及び平坦化膜としては、いずれも公知のものが適宜使用できる。 As the passivation film and the planarizing film, known ones can be used as appropriate.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、液晶分子として一般式(I)及び(II)で表される特定の化合物を併用した液晶組成物と、2種以上の重合性化合物から形成された配向制御層とを組み合わせて用いることにより、従来の液晶表示素子とは異なり、第一の基板と液晶層との間、及び第二の基板と液晶層との間に、それぞれ配向膜を有していなくても、電圧無印加時に液晶分子は基板面に対して略垂直配向する。そして、誘電率異方性、粘度、ネマチック相上限温度、回転粘度(γ)等の諸特性を悪化させることなく、焼き付きと製造時の滴下痕の発生とが抑制される。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes a liquid crystal composition using a specific compound represented by general formulas (I) and (II) as liquid crystal molecules, an alignment control layer formed from two or more polymerizable compounds, and In combination with the liquid crystal display element, unlike the conventional liquid crystal display element, there is no need to have alignment films between the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer. When no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface. Further, image sticking and generation of dripping marks during production are suppressed without deteriorating various properties such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) and the like.
<液晶表示素子の製造方法>
 図1に示す液晶表示素子10は、例えば、以下の方法で製造できる。
 まず、第一の基板11と第二の基板12とを重ね合わせ、これらの間に、後述する工程で液晶層13及び配向制御層を形成するための液晶含有重合用組成物を挟持する。前記液晶含有重合用組成物は、
前記一般式(I)で表される化合物、前記一般式(II)で表される化合物、及び2種以上の前記重合性化合物を必須成分として含有するものである。
<Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal display element 10 shown in FIG. 1 can be manufactured by the following method, for example.
First, the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are overlapped, and a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition for forming the liquid crystal layer 13 and the alignment control layer is sandwiched between them by a process described later. The liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition is
It contains the compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the general formula (II), and two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds as essential components.
 より具体的には、第一の基板11及び第二の基板12のいずれか一方における、これらの対向面に対して、セルギャップを確保するためのスペーサ突起物、例えば、プラスチックビーズ等を散布すると共に、例えば、エポキシ接着剤等を用いてスクリーン印刷法により、シール部を印刷(形成)する。なお、第一の基板11の第二の基板12に対向する面とは、共通電極14及びカラーフィルタ18を有する面であり、第二の基板12の第一の基板11に対向する面とは、画素電極15を有する面である。 More specifically, spacer protrusions for securing a cell gap, such as plastic beads, are sprayed on the facing surfaces of either the first substrate 11 or the second substrate 12. At the same time, for example, the seal portion is printed (formed) by screen printing using an epoxy adhesive or the like. The surface of the first substrate 11 facing the second substrate 12 is the surface having the common electrode 14 and the color filter 18, and the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the first substrate 11 is The surface having the pixel electrode 15.
 次いで、第一の基板11と第二の基板12とを対向させ、これらを、前記スペーサ突起物及びシール部を介して貼り合わせた後、形成されたスペースに前記液晶含有重合用組成物を注入する。そして、加熱等により、前記シール部を硬化させることにより、第一の基板11と第二の基板12との間に液晶含有重合用組成物を挟持する。 Next, the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are made to face each other, and these are bonded together via the spacer protrusion and the seal portion, and then the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition is injected into the formed space. To do. Then, the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition is sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 by curing the seal portion by heating or the like.
 次いで、共通電極14と画素電極15との間に、電圧印加手段を用いて、電圧を印加する。このときの電圧は、例えば、5~30Vとする。これにより、第一の基板11の液晶含有重合用組成物との隣接面(液晶含有重合用組成物と対向する面)、及び第二の基板12の液晶含有重合用組成物との隣接面(液晶含有重合用組成物と対向する面)に対して、所定の角度をなす方向の電場が生じ、液晶含有重合用組成物中の液晶分子(一般式(I)で表される化合物、一般式(II)で表される化合物)19が、第一の基板11と第二の基板12の法線方向から所定方向に傾いて配向し、図3に示すように、液晶分子19にプレチルト角θが付与される。プレチルト角θの大きさは、電圧の大きさを適宜調節することにより制御できる。 Next, a voltage is applied between the common electrode 14 and the pixel electrode 15 using voltage applying means. The voltage at this time is 5 to 30 V, for example. Thereby, the adjacent surface (surface which opposes the composition for liquid crystal containing polymerization) of the 1st board | substrate 11 and the composition for liquid crystal containing polymerization of the 2nd board | substrate 12 (surface which opposes the composition for liquid crystal containing polymerization) ( An electric field having a predetermined angle is generated with respect to the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition, and the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition (compound represented by general formula (I), general formula The compound (II) (19) is oriented in a predetermined direction with respect to the normal direction of the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12, and as shown in FIG. Is granted. The magnitude of the pretilt angle θ can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the magnitude of the voltage.
 次いで、電圧を印加した状態のまま、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線を、例えば、第一の基板11の外側から液晶含有重合用組成物に照射することにより、前記2種以上の重合性化合物を重合させる。なお、活性エネルギー線は、第二の基板12の外側から照射してもよいし、第一の基板11の外側及び第二の基板12の外側の双方から照射してもよい。
 活性エネルギー線の照射により、液晶含有重合用組成物中の2種以上の前記重合性化合物が反応して、液晶含有重合用組成物は所望の組成を有する液晶組成物となって液晶層13を構成し、同時に第一の基板11と液晶層13との間、及び第二の基板12と液晶層13との間に、配向制御層が形成される。
Next, the two or more polymerizable compounds are polymerized by irradiating an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays from the outside of the first substrate 11 to the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition while the voltage is applied. Let The active energy ray may be irradiated from the outside of the second substrate 12 or may be irradiated from both the outside of the first substrate 11 and the outside of the second substrate 12.
By irradiation with active energy rays, two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds in the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition react, and the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition becomes a liquid crystal composition having a desired composition to form the liquid crystal layer 13. At the same time, an alignment control layer is formed between the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 and between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13.
 形成された配向制御層は、非駆動状態において、液晶層13中の、第一の基板11の近傍及び第二の基板12の近傍に位置する液晶分子19にプレチルト角θを付与する。 The formed alignment control layer imparts a pretilt angle θ to the liquid crystal molecules 19 located in the vicinity of the first substrate 11 and in the vicinity of the second substrate 12 in the liquid crystal layer 13 in a non-driven state.
 活性エネルギー線の照射強度は、一定であってもよいし、一定でなくてもよく、照射強度を変化させる場合には、各々の照射強度での照射時間を任意に設定できるが、2段階以上の照射工程を採用する場合には、2段階目以降の照射工程の照射強度は、1段階目の照射工程の照射強度よりも弱いことが好ましく、2段階目以降の照射工程の総照射時間は1段階目の照射時間よりも長くかつ照射総エネルギー量が大きいことが好ましい。また、照射強度を不連続に変化させる場合には、全照射工程時間の前半部分の平均照射光強度が後半部分の平均照射強度よりも強いことが好ましく、照射開始直後の強度が最も強いことがより好ましく、照射時間の経過と共にある一定値まで常に照射強度が減少し続けることがさらに好ましい。この場合の活性エネルギー線の照射強度は、2~100mW/cmであることが好ましいが、多段階照射の場合の1段階目、または不連続に照射強度変化させる場合の全照射工程中の最高照射強度は、10~100mW/cmであること、かつ多段階照射の場合の2段階目以降、又は不連続に照射強度を変化させる場合の最低照射強度は、2~50mW/cmであることがより好ましい。また、照射総エネルギー量は、10~300Jであることが好ましく、50~250Jであることがより好ましく、100~250Jであることがさらに好ましい。
 印加電圧は交流であってもよいし、直流であってもよい。
The irradiation intensity of the active energy ray may or may not be constant, and when changing the irradiation intensity, the irradiation time at each irradiation intensity can be arbitrarily set, but two or more stages When the irradiation process is adopted, the irradiation intensity of the irradiation process after the second stage is preferably weaker than the irradiation intensity of the irradiation process of the first stage, and the total irradiation time of the irradiation process after the second stage is It is preferable that the irradiation time is longer than the first stage irradiation time and the total irradiation energy amount is large. In addition, when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously, the average irradiation light intensity in the first half of the entire irradiation process time is preferably stronger than the average irradiation intensity in the second half, and the intensity immediately after the start of irradiation is the strongest. More preferably, the irradiation intensity always decreases to a certain value as the irradiation time elapses. The irradiation intensity of the active energy ray in this case is preferably 2 to 100 mW / cm 2 , but it is the highest in all irradiation processes in the first stage in the case of multistage irradiation or when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously. The irradiation intensity is 10 to 100 mW / cm 2 , and the minimum irradiation intensity is 2 to 50 mW / cm 2 after the second stage in the case of multistage irradiation or when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously. It is more preferable. The total irradiation energy amount is preferably 10 to 300 J, more preferably 50 to 250 J, and further preferably 100 to 250 J.
The applied voltage may be alternating current or direct current.
 照射する前記活性エネルギー線は、複数のスペクトルを有するものが好ましく、複数のスペクトルを有する紫外線が好ましい。複数のスペクトルを有する活性エネルギー線の照射によって、2種以上の前記重合性化合物は、その種類ごとに適したスペクトル(波長)の活性エネルギー線によって重合することが可能となり、この場合、配向制御層がより効率的に形成される。 The irradiated active energy rays preferably have a plurality of spectra, and ultraviolet rays having a plurality of spectra are preferable. By irradiation with active energy rays having a plurality of spectra, two or more kinds of the polymerizable compounds can be polymerized by active energy rays having a spectrum (wavelength) suitable for each type, and in this case, the orientation control layer Is formed more efficiently.
 配向制御層は、前記重合性化合物の重合物により構成されるが、例えば、第一の基板11と液晶層13とを明確に区切ってこれらの間に形成されるとは限らず、第一の基板11の近傍においては、第一の基板11の液晶層13との隣接面(液晶層13と対向する面)から、液晶層13の内部に入り込むようにして形成されることもあると推測される。第二の基板12の近傍においても同様であり、配向制御層は、第二の基板12と液晶層13とを明確に区切ってこれらの間に形成されるとは限らず、第二の基板12の近傍においては、第二の基板12の液晶層13との隣接面(液晶層13と対向する面)から、液晶層13の内部に入り込むようにして形成されることもあると推測される。
 ただし、配向制御層の構造を正確に示すことは困難である。
The alignment control layer is composed of a polymer of the polymerizable compound. For example, the first substrate 11 and the liquid crystal layer 13 are not clearly separated and formed between them. In the vicinity of the substrate 11, it is estimated that the first substrate 11 may be formed so as to enter the liquid crystal layer 13 from a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 (a surface facing the liquid crystal layer 13). The The same is true in the vicinity of the second substrate 12, and the alignment control layer is not necessarily formed between the second substrate 12 and the liquid crystal layer 13 by clearly dividing the second substrate 12. In the vicinity of, it is estimated that the second substrate 12 may be formed so as to enter the liquid crystal layer 13 from a surface adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 13 (a surface facing the liquid crystal layer 13).
However, it is difficult to accurately indicate the structure of the orientation control layer.
 また、活性エネルギー線の照射により、前記2種以上の重合性化合物は、互いに類似の構造を有するもの同士が優先的に重合して、液晶分子を基板の近傍領域に配列させると共に、プレチルトの方向を所定の方向に規定して、配向を制御していると推測される。 Further, by irradiation with active energy rays, the two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds are preferentially polymerized with each other having similar structures to align liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity region of the substrate, and the direction of the pretilt. It is presumed that the orientation is controlled by defining the value in a predetermined direction.
 以下、実施例及び比較例により、本発明についてさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、以下の実施例及び比較例において、「wt%」は質量%を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In the following examples and comparative examples, “wt%” means mass%.
 また、以下の実施例及び比較例において、TNI、Δn、Δε、η、γをそれぞれ下記の通り定義する。
 TNI:ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn:25℃における屈折率異方性
 Δε:25℃における誘電率異方性
 η:20℃における粘度(mPa・s)
 γ:25℃における回転粘度(mPa・s)
In the following examples and comparative examples, T NI , Δn, Δε, η, and γ 1 are defined as follows.
T NI : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C)
Δn: Refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. Δε: Dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C. η: Viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa · s)
γ 1 : rotational viscosity at 25 ° C. (mPa · s)
 以下の実施例及び比較例で製造した液晶表示素子について、下記の方法により、焼き付き、滴下痕を評価した。 The liquid crystal display elements manufactured in the following Examples and Comparative Examples were evaluated for image sticking and dropping marks by the following methods.
(焼き付きの評価)
 液晶表示素子の焼き付きの評価は、表示エリア内に所定の固定パターンを1000時間表示させた後に、全画面均一な表示を行ったときの固定パターンの残像のレベルを目視確認することで行い、以下の4段階で評価した。
 ◎:残像無し
 ○:残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
 △:残像有り許容できないレベル
 ×:残像有りかなり劣悪
(Evaluation of burn-in)
Evaluation of burn-in of the liquid crystal display element is performed by visually confirming the level of the afterimage of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1000 hours and then the entire screen is uniformly displayed. The four grades were evaluated.
◎: No afterimage ○: Even afterimage is slightly acceptable but acceptable △: Afterimage is acceptable Unacceptable level ×: Afterimage is quite poor
(滴下痕の評価)
 液晶表示装置の滴下痕の評価は、全面黒表示した場合において白く浮かび上がる滴下痕を目視確認することで行い、以下の4段階で評価した。
 ◎:残像無し
 ○:残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
 △:残像有り許容できないレベル
 ×:残像有りかなり劣悪
(Evaluation of dripping marks)
Evaluation of the drop mark of the liquid crystal display device was performed by visually confirming the drop mark that appeared white when the entire surface was displayed in black, and was evaluated in the following four stages.
◎: No afterimage ○: Even afterimage is very slight but acceptable level △: Afterimage is present and unacceptable level ×: Afterimage is present
(実施例1)
 透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルタ層を有する第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。画素電極としては、スリットを有することで、プレチルトの方向が異なる4つの領域に画素分割されたものを用いた。
 一般式(I)、(II)及び(III)に該当する以下の化合物を、それぞれ以下に示す比率で含有する、液晶含有原料組成物LC-1を調製した。
(Example 1)
A first substrate (a common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (a pixel electrode substrate) having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element were produced. . As the pixel electrode, a pixel electrode divided into four regions having different pretilt directions by using a slit was used.
A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II) and (III) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 次いで、液晶含有原料組成物LC-1(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)((X1a-1-1))で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式 Next, the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) ((X1a-1-1)) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.0% by mass),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -1 was prepared.
 次いで、シール部を介して第一の基板及び第二の基板を貼り合わせた後、配向膜を用いることなく、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1を注入し、シール部を硬化させて、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1を挟持した。このとき、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物からなる層の厚さを3.2μmとした。
 次いで、電圧を印加した状態のまま、液晶含有重合用組成物に紫外線を照射して、第一の重合性化合物及び第二の重合性化合物を重合させた。このとき、紫外線照射装置としてはウシオ電機社製「USH-250BY」を用い、100mWで10分間、紫外線を照射した。
 以上により、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表1に示す。表1に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Next, after bonding the first substrate and the second substrate through the seal portion, the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 is injected without using an alignment film, the seal portion is cured, and the liquid crystal The containing polymerization composition CLC-1 was sandwiched. At this time, the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition was set to 3.2 μm using a spacer having a thickness of 3.2 μm.
Next, while the voltage was applied, the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to polymerize the first polymerizable compound and the second polymerizable compound. At this time, “USH-250BY” manufactured by USHIO INC. Was used as the ultraviolet irradiation device, and ultraviolet irradiation was performed at 100 mW for 10 minutes.
Thus, a liquid crystal display element was obtained.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87 °.
The evaluation results for this liquid crystal display element are shown in Table 1. As shown in Table 1, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
(実施例2)
 実施例1で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-1(98.5質量%)に対して、一般式(X1b)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 2)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1b) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.5% by mass) prepared in Example 1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
で表される化合物(1.0質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
A compound represented by the formula (1.0% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1aを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1aを用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.8°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表2に示す。表2に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. A liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that -1a was prepared and this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1a was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.8 °.
The evaluation results for this liquid crystal display element are shown in Table 2. As shown in Table 2, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
(比較例1)
 透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルタ層を有し、さらに液晶分子の配向方向を制御するための突起を表面に具備した第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有し、さらに液晶分子の配向方向を制御するための突起を表面に具備した第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。
 次いで、第一の基板及び第二の基板のそれぞれに、垂直配向膜の形成材料をスピンコート法により塗布し、得られた塗布膜を200℃で加熱することにより、各基板の表面に厚さ100nmの垂直配向膜を形成した。
 以下、垂直配向膜を形成したこれら基板を用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えて、液晶含有原料組成物LC-1を挟持した(第一の重合性化合物、第二の重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤を用いなかった)こと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表3に示す。表3に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、実施例1及び2の液晶表示素子よりも応答速度、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果で劣っていた。
(Comparative Example 1)
A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode and further having protrusions on the surface for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules, and driven by an active element A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a transparent pixel electrode and a projection for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules on the surface was prepared.
Next, a material for forming a vertical alignment film is applied to each of the first substrate and the second substrate by a spin coating method, and the obtained coating film is heated at 200 ° C. to thereby form a thickness on the surface of each substrate. A 100 nm vertical alignment film was formed.
Hereinafter, using these substrates on which the vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 was sandwiched in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable compound, second polymerization compound) A liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the functional compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used.
The evaluation results for this liquid crystal display element are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 1 and 2 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
(実施例3)
 一般式(I)、(II)及び(V)に該当する以下の化合物を、それぞれ以下に示す比率で含有する、液晶含有原料組成物LC-2を調製した。
(Example 3)
A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II) and (V) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 次いで、液晶含有原料組成物LC-2(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式 Next, the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 (98.0% by mass), the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -2 was prepared.
 以下、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えてこの液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2を用い、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.5μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物からなる層の厚さを3.5μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.5°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表4に示す。表4に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Hereinafter, this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2 is used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and the liquid crystal-containing polymer is used by using a 3.5 μm thick spacer instead of the 3.2 μm thick spacer. A liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 μm.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.5 °.
Table 4 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 4, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
(実施例4)
 実施例3で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-2(98.3質量%)に対して、一般式(X1c)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
Example 4
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1c) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 (98.3 mass%) prepared in Example 3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
で表される化合物(1.2質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
A compound represented by the formula (1.2% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2aを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2aを用いたこと以外は、実施例3と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.9°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表5に示す。表5に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -2a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2a was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.9 °.
Table 5 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 5, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
(比較例2)
 比較例1と同じ方法で、垂直配向膜を形成した第一の基板及び第二の基板を作製した。
 以下、垂直配向膜を形成したこれら基板を用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えて、実施例3で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-2を挟持し(第一の重合性化合物、第二の重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤を用いなかった)、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.8μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有原料組成物からなる層の厚さを3.8μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表6に示す。表6に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、実施例3及び4の液晶表示素子よりも応答速度、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果で劣っていた。
(Comparative Example 2)
By the same method as Comparative Example 1, a first substrate and a second substrate on which a vertical alignment film was formed were produced.
Hereinafter, using these substrates on which the vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 prepared in Example 3 was sandwiched instead of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable property). The compound, the second polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used), and the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition was replaced with a spacer having a thickness of 3.8 μm instead of the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 μm. A liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.8 μm.
Table 6 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 6, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 3 and 4 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
(実施例5)
 一般式(I)、(II)、(IV)及び(V)に該当する以下の化合物を、それぞれ以下に示す比率で含有する、液晶含有原料組成物LC-3を調製した。
(Example 5)
A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II), (IV) and (V) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 次いで、液晶含有原料組成物LC-3(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)((X1a-1-1))で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式 Next, the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) ((X1a-1-1)) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.0% by mass),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -3 was prepared.
 以下、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えてこの液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3を用い、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.5μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物からなる層の厚さを3.5μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.7°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表7に示す。表7に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Hereinafter, this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3 was used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and the liquid crystal-containing polymer was used by using a 3.5 μm thick spacer instead of the 3.2 μm thick spacer. A liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 μm.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.7 °.
Table 7 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 7, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
(実施例6)
 実施例5で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-3(98.1質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 6)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.1% by mass) prepared in Example 5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
で表される化合物(0.3質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3aを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3aを用いたこと以外は、実施例5と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.4°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表8に示す。表8に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -3a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3a was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.4 °.
Table 8 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 8, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
(比較例3)
 比較例1と同じ方法で、垂直配向膜を形成した第一の基板及び第二の基板を作製した。
 以下、垂直配向膜を形成したこれら基板を用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えて、実施例5で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-3を挟持し(第一の重合性化合物、第二の重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤を用いなかった)、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.5μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有原料組成物からなる層の厚さを3.5μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表9に示す。表9に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、実施例5及び6の液晶表示素子よりも応答速度、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果で劣っていた。
(Comparative Example 3)
By the same method as Comparative Example 1, a first substrate and a second substrate on which a vertical alignment film was formed were produced.
Hereinafter, using these substrates on which the vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 prepared in Example 5 was sandwiched in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable property). The compound, the second polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used), and the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition was replaced with a spacer having a thickness of 3.5 μm instead of the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 μm. A liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.5 μm.
Table 9 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 9, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 5 and 6 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
(実施例7)
 一般式(I)、(II)及び(III)に該当する以下の化合物を、それぞれ以下に示す比率で含有する、液晶含有原料組成物LC-4を調製した。
(Example 7)
A liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 containing the following compounds corresponding to the general formulas (I), (II) and (III) in the ratios shown below was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 次いで、液晶含有原料組成物LC-4(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式 Next, the formula, which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 (98.0% by mass)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -4 was prepared.
 以下、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えてこの液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4を用い、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.5μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物からなる層の厚さを3.5μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は88.0°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表10に示す。表10に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Hereinafter, this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4 was used in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1, and a liquid crystal-containing composition was used by replacing the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 μm with a spacer having a thickness of 3.5 μm. A liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the layer made of the polymerization composition was 3.5 μm.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 88.0 °.
Table 10 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 10, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
(実施例8)
 実施例7で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-4(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 8)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 (98.0% by mass) prepared in Example 7
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4aを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4aを用いたこと以外は、実施例7と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.3°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表11に示す。表11に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -4a was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4a was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.3 °.
Table 11 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 11, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
(比較例4)
 比較例1と同じ方法で、垂直配向膜を形成した第一の基板及び第二の基板を作製した。
 以下、垂直配向膜を形成したこれら基板を用いて、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1に代えて、実施例7で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-4を挟持し(第一の重合性化合物、第二の重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤を用いなかった)、厚さ3.2μmのスペーサに代えて厚さ3.5μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶含有原料組成物からなる層の厚さを3.5μmとしたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表12に示す。表12に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、実施例7及び8の液晶表示素子よりも応答速度、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果で劣っていた。
(Comparative Example 4)
By the same method as Comparative Example 1, a first substrate and a second substrate on which a vertical alignment film was formed were produced.
Hereinafter, using these substrates on which a vertical alignment film was formed, the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 prepared in Example 7 was sandwiched in place of the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1 (first polymerizable property). The compound, the second polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator were not used), and the thickness of the layer made of the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition was replaced with a spacer having a thickness of 3.5 μm instead of the spacer having a thickness of 3.2 μm. A liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness was 3.5 μm.
Table 12 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 12, this liquid crystal display element was inferior to the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 7 and 8 in the response speed and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
(実施例9)
 実施例1で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-1(98.5質量%)に対して、一般式(X1b)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
Example 9
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1b) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.5% by mass) prepared in Example 1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
で表される化合物(1.0質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
A compound represented by the formula (1.0% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1bを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1bを用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.6°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表13に示す。表13に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -1b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1b was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.6 °.
Table 13 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 13, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
(実施例10)
 実施例1で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-1(98.5質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 10)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-1 (98.5% by mass) prepared in Example 1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
で表される化合物(1.0質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
A compound represented by the formula (1.0% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1cを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-1cを用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.9°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表14に示す。表14に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -1c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-1c was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.9 °.
Table 14 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 14, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
(実施例11)
 実施例3で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-2(98.3質量%)に対して、一般式(X1c)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 11)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1c) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-2 (98.3 mass%) prepared in Example 3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
で表される化合物(1.2質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
A compound represented by the formula (1.2% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2bを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-2bを用いたこと以外は、実施例3と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.8°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表15に示す。表15に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -2b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 3, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-2b was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.8 °.
Table 15 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 15, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
(実施例12)
 実施例5で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-3(98.1質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
Example 12
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.1% by mass) prepared in Example 5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
で表される化合物(0.3質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3bを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3bを用いたこと以外は、実施例5と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.5°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表16に示す。表16に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -3b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3b was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.5 °.
Table 16 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 16, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
(実施例13)
 実施例5で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-3(98.1質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 13)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-3 (98.1% by mass) prepared in Example 5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
で表される化合物(0.3質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3cを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-3cを用いたこと以外は、実施例5と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.3°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表17に示す。表17に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.3% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -3c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-3c was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.3 °.
Table 17 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 17, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
(実施例14)
 実施例7で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-4(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 14)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 (98.0% by mass) prepared in Example 7
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4bを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4bを用いたこと以外は、実施例7と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.4°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表18に示す。表18に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -4b was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4b was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.4 °.
Table 18 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 18, this liquid crystal display element showed excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various properties as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
(実施例15)
 実施例7で調製した液晶含有原料組成物LC-4(98.0質量%)に対して、一般式(X1a)で表される第一の重合性化合物である、式
(Example 15)
Formula 1 which is the first polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X1a) with respect to the liquid crystal-containing raw material composition LC-4 (98.0% by mass) prepared in Example 7
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
で表される化合物(1.5質量%)と、一般式(X2a)で表される第二の重合性化合物である、式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
A compound represented by the formula (1.5% by mass) and a second polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (X2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
で表される化合物(0.4質量%)を添加し、さらに光重合開始剤「Igacure651」(0.1質量%)を添加して、均一に溶解させることにより、液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4cを調製し、この液晶含有重合用組成物CLC-4cを用いたこと以外は、実施例7と同じ方法で、液晶表示素子を得た。
 この液晶表示素子は、電圧の印加を停止した状態であっても、液晶分子に付与されたプレチルト角θが維持され、その値は87.1°であった。
 この液晶表示素子についての評価結果を表19に示す。表19に示すように、この液晶表示素子は、優れたコントラスト及び応答速度を示し、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、焼き付きと滴下痕の発生抑制効果にも優れていた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
A liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC is obtained by adding a compound represented by the formula (0.4% by mass) and further adding a photopolymerization initiator “Igacure 651” (0.1% by mass) and dissolving it uniformly. -4c was prepared, and a liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that this liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition CLC-4c was used.
In this liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle θ given to the liquid crystal molecules was maintained even when voltage application was stopped, and the value was 87.1 °.
Table 19 shows the evaluation results of this liquid crystal display element. As shown in Table 19, this liquid crystal display element exhibited excellent contrast and response speed, was excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and was also excellent in the effect of suppressing the occurrence of image sticking and dropping marks.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
 10・・・液晶表示素子、11・・・第一の基板、12・・・第二の基板、13・・・液晶層、14・・・共通電極、15・・・画素電極、18・・・カラーフィルタ、19・・・液晶分子 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Liquid crystal display element, 11 ... 1st board | substrate, 12 ... 2nd board | substrate, 13 ... Liquid crystal layer, 14 ... Common electrode, 15 ... Pixel electrode, 18 ...・ Color filters, 19 ... Liquid crystal molecules

Claims (10)

  1.  共通電極及びカラーフィルタ層を有する第一の基板と、複数の画素を有し、かつ各前記画素毎に画素電極を有する第二の基板との間に、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層が挟持された液晶表示素子であって、
     前記第一の基板及び第二の基板と前記液晶層との間に、配向膜を有さず、2種以上の重合性化合物から形成された配向制御層を有し、
     前記画素中にプレチルトの方向が異なる2以上の領域を有し、
     前記液晶組成物が、下記一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、R1α及びR2αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物、及び下記一般式(II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、R3αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R4αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0、1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Gは単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表す。)で表される化合物を含有することを特徴とする液晶表示素子。
    A liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between a first substrate having a common electrode and a color filter layer and a second substrate having a plurality of pixels and a pixel electrode for each of the pixels. A liquid crystal display element,
    Between the first substrate and the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer, without an alignment film, having an alignment control layer formed from two or more polymerizable compounds,
    The pixel has two or more regions having different pretilt directions,
    The liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 8 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 1 represents 1 or 2, and when l 1 is 2, Q 1 may be the same or different.), And the following general formula (II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best, G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - contains a representative) and a compound represented by - CF 2 O-or -OCF 2. The liquid crystal display element characterized by the above-mentioned.
  2.  前記画素電極がスリットを有する請求項1に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the pixel electrode has a slit.
  3.  前記第一の基板及び第二の基板の少なくとも一方が、プレチルトの方向を規定する構造物を有する請求項1に記載の液晶表示素子。 2. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate has a structure that defines a pretilt direction.
  4.  前記2種以上の重合性化合物が、単官能(メタ)アクリレートからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である第一の重合性化合物と、二官能(メタ)アクリレートからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である第二の重合性化合物と、を含む請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The two or more polymerizable compounds are at least one selected from the group consisting of a first polymerizable compound selected from the group consisting of monofunctional (meth) acrylates and a bifunctional (meth) acrylate. The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a second polymerizable compound.
  5.  前記第一の重合性化合物が下記一般式(X1a)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    は単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
    及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~17のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
    及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
    kは1~40を表し、
    、B及びBは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個若しくは2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数3~6のトリアルコキシシリル基で置換されていてもよい。)、又は下記一般式(I-b)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    は単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)で表される基を表す。ただし、合計で2k+1個あるB、B及びBのうち、前記一般式(I-b)で表される基となるものの個数は0又は1個である。)で表される化合物、
    下記一般式(X1b)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    6員環T、T及びTはそれぞれ独立して
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    のいずれか(ただしmは1から4の整数を表す。)を表し、
    は0又は1を表し、
    及びYはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-(CH-、-CHCHCHO-、-OCHCHCH-、-CH=CHCHCH-又は-CHCHCH=CH-を表し、
    は単結合、-COO-又は-OCO-を表し、
    は炭素原子数1~18の炭化水素基を表す。)で表される化合物、
    及び下記一般式(X1c)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式中、R70は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    71は縮合環を有する炭化水素基を表す。)で表される化合物
    からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であり、
     前記第二の重合性化合物が下記一般式(X2a)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    及びCはそれぞれ独立して1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロへキシレン基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリダジン-3,6-ジイル基、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基、シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、2,6-ナフチレン基又はインダン-2,5-ジイル基(これらの基のうち、1,4-フェニレン基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、2,6-ナフチレン基及びインダン-2,5-ジイル基は、1個又は2個以上の水素原子がそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基若しくはトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
    及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
    は、単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHCHO-、-OCHCH-、-CHCHCHO-、-OCHCHCH-、-CHCHOCO-、-COOCHCH-、-CHCHCOO-、-OCOCHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-COO-又は-OCO-を表し、
    は、0、1又は2を表すが、nが2の場合、複数個あるC及びZは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項4に記載の液晶表示素子。
    The first polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X1a)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formula, A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    A 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. May be)
    A 3 and A 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms).
    A 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms).
    k represents 1 to 40,
    B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are In addition, as the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more of the alkyl groups may be substituted. Each hydrogen atom may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms), or the following general formula (Ib)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formula, A 9 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    A 8 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. A group represented by formula (1). However, among the total of 2 k + 1 B 1 , B 2 and B 3 , the number of the group represented by the general formula (Ib) is 0 or 1. ) A compound represented by
    The following general formula (X1b)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (Wherein R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    6-membered rings T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are each independently
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (Where m represents an integer of 1 to 4),
    n 4 represents 0 or 1,
    Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—. , —CF═CF—, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 ═CHCH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 CH = CH-
    Y 3 represents a single bond, —COO— or —OCO—,
    R 8 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. ) A compound represented by
    And the following general formula (X1c)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (Wherein R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring. And at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by:
    The second polymerizable compound is represented by the following general formula (X2a)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (Wherein R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    C 4 and C 5 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyridazine-3,6- Diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, cyclohexene-1,4-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group or indane-2,5-diyl group (among these groups, 1,4-phenylene group) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group and indane-2,5-diyl group each independently have one or more hydrogen atoms. Fluorine atom, Represents atom, a methyl group, may be substituted with a trifluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethoxy group. The)
    Z 3 and Z 5 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other; Each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently a fluorine atom, methyl Group or an ethyl group, which may be substituted)
    Z 4 is a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 COO—, —OCOCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C— , —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH═CHCOO—, —OCOCH═CH—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    n 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, and when n 2 is 2, a plurality of C 4 and Z 4 may be the same or different. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 4, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by:
  6.  前記第一の基板と前記液晶層との間、及び前記第二の基板と前記液晶層との間、の少なくとも一方に、パッシベーション膜を有する請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a passivation film on at least one of the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer. Display element.
  7.  前記第一の基板と前記液晶層との間、及び前記第二の基板と前記液晶層との間、の少なくとも一方に、平坦化膜を有する請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The flattening film is provided on at least one of the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and between the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer according to any one of claims 1 to 5. Liquid crystal display element.
  8.  共通電極及びカラーフィルタ層を有する第一の基板と、複数の画素を有し、かつ各前記画素毎に画素電極を有する第二の基板との間に、液晶組成物を含有する液晶層が挟持され、前記画素中にプレチルトの方向が異なる2以上の領域を有する液晶表示素子の製造方法であって、
     前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に、配向膜を設けず、下記一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式中、R1α及びR2αはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物、下記一般式(II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式中、R3αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R4αは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Qは1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、lは0、1又は2を表すが、lが2の場合、2個のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Gは単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CFO-又は-OCF-を表す。)で表される化合物、及び2種以上の重合性化合物を含有する液晶含有重合用組成物を挟持し、
     前記画素電極と前記共通電極との間に、前記液晶含有重合用組成物中の液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与するための電圧を印可した状態で活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、前記2種以上の重合性化合物を重合させると共に、前記液晶含有重合用組成物を前記液晶組成物として、前記第一の基板及び第二の基板と前記液晶層との間に、配向制御層を形成することを特徴とする液晶表示素子の製造方法。
    A liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between a first substrate having a common electrode and a color filter layer and a second substrate having a plurality of pixels and a pixel electrode for each of the pixels. A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having two or more regions having different pretilt directions in the pixel,
    An alignment film is not provided between the first substrate and the second substrate, and the following general formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (Wherein R and R are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 8 represents an alkenyloxy group, Q 1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 1 represents 1 or 2, and when l 1 is 2, Q 1 may be the same or different.), A compound represented by the following general formula (II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (Wherein R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and Q 2 represents 1 , 4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, l 2 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when l 2 is 2, two Q 2 are the same or different at best, G 1 is a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - CF 2 O- or -OCF 2 -. compounds represented by the representative) a, and 2 Sandwiching a liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition containing at least one polymerizable compound;
    By irradiating an active energy ray between the pixel electrode and the common electrode while applying a voltage for applying a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition, the two or more types are used. And forming an alignment control layer between the first substrate and the second substrate and the liquid crystal layer using the liquid crystal-containing polymerization composition as the liquid crystal composition. A method for producing a liquid crystal display element.
  9.  前記活性エネルギー線が複数のスペクトルを有する紫外線である請求項8に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 8, wherein the active energy rays are ultraviolet rays having a plurality of spectra.
  10.  前記画素電極がスリットを有するか、又は前記第一の基板及び第二の基板の少なくとも一方が、プレチルトの方向を規定する構造物を有する請求項8又は9に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 10. The method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 8, wherein the pixel electrode has a slit, or at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate has a structure that defines a pretilt direction.
PCT/JP2014/052073 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same WO2014123056A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/765,104 US9719017B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
KR1020157014480A KR101563575B1 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same
CN201480084702.0A CN107850809B (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing the same
JP2014560740A JP5741777B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
EP14748946.2A EP2955570B1 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same
US15/659,759 US10344214B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2017-07-26 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013021819 2013-02-06
JP2013-021819 2013-02-06

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/765,104 A-371-Of-International US9719017B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
US15/659,759 Division US10344214B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2017-07-26 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014123056A1 true WO2014123056A1 (en) 2014-08-14

Family

ID=51299652

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/052073 WO2014123056A1 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-01-30 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for same

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US9719017B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2955570B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5741777B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101563575B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107850809B (en)
TW (3) TWI721283B (en)
WO (1) WO2014123056A1 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016206772A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
WO2016206774A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
WO2016206771A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
WO2017082062A1 (en) * 2015-11-10 2017-05-18 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
JP6132123B1 (en) * 2015-06-19 2017-05-24 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
WO2017179435A1 (en) * 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same
WO2018003412A1 (en) * 2016-06-28 2018-01-04 Jnc株式会社 Method for producing liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display element
JP2019508511A (en) * 2015-12-17 2019-03-28 メルク・パテント・ゲゼルシヤフト・ミツト・ベシユレンクテル・ハフツングMerck Patent GmbH Liquid crystal mixture and liquid crystal display
WO2019069911A1 (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal composition, reflective layer, reflective layer manufacturing method, and copolymer
JP2019196480A (en) * 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 達興材料股▲ふん▼有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display containing the same
JP2019196474A (en) * 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 達興材料股▲ふん▼有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display containing the same
WO2020071135A1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2020-04-09 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition using alignment assistant, liquid crystal display element and method for producing same
JP2020067620A (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Dic株式会社 Vertical alignment liquid crystal display element
JPWO2020121639A1 (en) * 2018-12-12 2021-02-15 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and polymerizable compound
US11466211B2 (en) 2013-03-26 2022-10-11 Dic Corporation Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element including the same

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI721283B (en) * 2013-02-06 2021-03-11 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method
WO2017002700A1 (en) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Dic株式会社 Composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
CN105647543A (en) * 2016-01-13 2016-06-08 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 Liquid crystal composition
WO2017154747A1 (en) * 2016-03-10 2017-09-14 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and alignment film
CN105885872B (en) * 2016-04-07 2018-11-23 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 The production method of liquid crystal material, liquid crystal display panel and liquid crystal display panel
CN105936830A (en) * 2016-04-22 2016-09-14 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Liquid crystal material, liquid crystal display panel manufacturing method and liquid crystal display panel
CN105733557B (en) * 2016-04-22 2017-12-29 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Ligand modified quanta point material, the preparation method of liquid crystal display panel and liquid crystal display panel
JP6497570B2 (en) * 2016-04-22 2019-04-10 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
CN105733608B (en) * 2016-04-22 2018-06-01 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Liquid crystal material, the production method of liquid crystal display panel and liquid crystal display panel
EP3553154A4 (en) * 2016-12-06 2020-06-24 JNC Corporation Liquid crystal composite and liquid crystal dimmer element
WO2018192896A1 (en) * 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Merck Patent Gmbh Light modulation element
JP2019159010A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-19 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device, manufacturing method therefor, and monomer material for retardation layer
CN110373213A (en) * 2018-04-13 2019-10-25 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 The display of liquid-crystal composition and application the composition
US11939511B2 (en) * 2018-04-23 2024-03-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal mixture and liquid crystal display
WO2019206789A1 (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal mixture and liquid crystal display
CN112479884B (en) * 2020-11-25 2023-11-24 晶美晟光电材料(南京)有限公司 Polymerizable compound and application thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06235925A (en) 1993-02-10 1994-08-23 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of liquid crystal display element
JP2002357830A (en) 2001-03-30 2002-12-13 Fujitsu Ltd Liquid crystal display device
JP2006058755A (en) 2004-08-23 2006-03-02 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corp Liquid crystal display and its manufacturing method
JP2008116675A (en) * 2006-11-02 2008-05-22 Au Optronics Corp Equipment and method for manufacturing liquid crystal panel
WO2012007107A1 (en) * 2010-07-15 2012-01-19 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystalline media and liquid crystal displays with a polymer-stabilized homeotropic orientation
WO2013004372A1 (en) * 2011-07-07 2013-01-10 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystalline medium

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7718234B2 (en) * 2002-12-09 2010-05-18 Hitachi Displays, Ltd. Liquid crystal display and method for manufacturing same
JP2004279904A (en) * 2003-03-18 2004-10-07 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corp Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
JP4972858B2 (en) * 2004-09-24 2012-07-11 Jnc株式会社 Composite made of polymer and optically active liquid crystal material
JP4662130B2 (en) * 2005-03-30 2011-03-30 Dic株式会社 Polymer-dispersed liquid crystal display element composition and polymer-dispersed liquid crystal display element
JP5441311B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2014-03-12 株式会社Adeka Polymerizable composition
JP5040400B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2012-10-03 Dic株式会社 Polymer stabilized liquid crystal composition and polymer stabilized liquid crystal display device
KR101384213B1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2014-04-10 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Polymer-stabilized liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display, and process for production of liquid crystal display
WO2010119779A1 (en) * 2009-04-14 2010-10-21 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using same
JP5720919B2 (en) * 2010-02-04 2015-05-20 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same
US9340634B2 (en) * 2010-03-29 2016-05-17 Dic Corporation Polymer for use in liquid crystal alignment layer
US9389462B2 (en) * 2010-09-28 2016-07-12 Dic Corporation Liquid crystal display device and useful liquid crystal composition
TWI589677B (en) * 2011-11-15 2017-07-01 迪愛生股份有限公司 Ferroelectric liquid crystal composition and ferroelectric liquid crystal display element
CN103792709A (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-05-14 统炀企业有限公司 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
TWI721283B (en) * 2013-02-06 2021-03-11 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method
US20180142155A1 (en) * 2015-06-19 2018-05-24 Dic Corporation Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06235925A (en) 1993-02-10 1994-08-23 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of liquid crystal display element
JP2002357830A (en) 2001-03-30 2002-12-13 Fujitsu Ltd Liquid crystal display device
JP2006058755A (en) 2004-08-23 2006-03-02 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corp Liquid crystal display and its manufacturing method
JP2008116675A (en) * 2006-11-02 2008-05-22 Au Optronics Corp Equipment and method for manufacturing liquid crystal panel
WO2012007107A1 (en) * 2010-07-15 2012-01-19 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystalline media and liquid crystal displays with a polymer-stabilized homeotropic orientation
WO2013004372A1 (en) * 2011-07-07 2013-01-10 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystalline medium

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
JOURNAL OF POLYMER SCIENCE. PART A. POLYMER CHEMISTRY., vol. 34, pages 217 - 225
TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 23, no. 6, pages 681 - 684
TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 30, pages 4985

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11466211B2 (en) 2013-03-26 2022-10-11 Dic Corporation Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element including the same
JP6132123B1 (en) * 2015-06-19 2017-05-24 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
EP3312667A4 (en) * 2015-06-19 2019-01-23 DIC Corporation Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same
GB2555276A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-04-25 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
JP2018522103A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-08-09 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Liquid crystal medium containing a polymerizable compound
US10590344B2 (en) 2015-06-26 2020-03-17 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
WO2016206771A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107709520A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-02-16 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid crystal media containing polymerizable compound
US10570335B2 (en) 2015-06-26 2020-02-25 Merck Patetn Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107820513A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-03-20 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid crystal media containing polymerizable compound
GB2554288A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-03-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107873047A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-04-03 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid crystal media containing polymerizable compound
GB2555045A (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-04-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107709520B (en) * 2015-06-26 2021-07-30 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid-crystalline medium containing polymerizable compounds
US10894918B2 (en) 2015-06-26 2021-01-19 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107820513B (en) * 2015-06-26 2021-08-20 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid-crystalline medium containing polymerizable compounds
WO2016206772A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN107873047B (en) * 2015-06-26 2021-08-20 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid-crystalline medium containing polymerizable compounds
GB2555045B (en) * 2015-06-26 2022-02-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
US20180371319A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-12-27 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
WO2016206774A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal medium containing polymerisable compounds
CN108138050B (en) * 2015-11-10 2022-05-31 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2017082062A1 (en) * 2015-11-10 2017-05-18 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
CN108138050A (en) * 2015-11-10 2018-06-08 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid-crystal composition and use its liquid crystal display element
JPWO2017082062A1 (en) * 2015-11-10 2018-03-08 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2019508511A (en) * 2015-12-17 2019-03-28 メルク・パテント・ゲゼルシヤフト・ミツト・ベシユレンクテル・ハフツングMerck Patent GmbH Liquid crystal mixture and liquid crystal display
CN108700783A (en) * 2016-04-12 2018-10-23 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method
JPWO2017179435A1 (en) * 2016-04-12 2018-04-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
WO2017179435A1 (en) * 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same
TWI726081B (en) * 2016-04-12 2021-05-01 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method
US10428275B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-10-01 Jnc Corporation Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2018003412A1 (en) * 2016-06-28 2019-05-30 Jnc株式会社 Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element
WO2018003412A1 (en) * 2016-06-28 2018-01-04 Jnc株式会社 Method for producing liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display element
CN109073936A (en) * 2016-06-28 2018-12-21 捷恩智株式会社 The manufacturing method and liquid crystal display element of liquid crystal display element
CN109073936B (en) * 2016-06-28 2021-08-31 捷恩智株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element
US11634638B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2023-04-25 Fujifilm Corporation Liquid crystal composition, reflective layer, method for producing reflective layer, and copolymer
WO2019069911A1 (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal composition, reflective layer, reflective layer manufacturing method, and copolymer
JP2019196480A (en) * 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 達興材料股▲ふん▼有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display containing the same
JP2019196474A (en) * 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 達興材料股▲ふん▼有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display containing the same
US10968391B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-04-06 Daxin Materials Corp. Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display including the same (II)
WO2020071135A1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2020-04-09 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition using alignment assistant, liquid crystal display element and method for producing same
JP7014282B2 (en) 2018-10-02 2022-02-01 Dic株式会社 A liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display element using an orientation aid, and a method for manufacturing the same.
CN112543798A (en) * 2018-10-02 2021-03-23 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using alignment aid, and method for producing same
JPWO2020071135A1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2021-02-15 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using an orientation aid, and a method for manufacturing the same.
JP2021014589A (en) * 2018-10-02 2021-02-12 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition using alignment assistant, liquid crystal display element and method for producing same
JP2020067620A (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Dic株式会社 Vertical alignment liquid crystal display element
JP7183697B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2022-12-06 Dic株式会社 Vertically aligned liquid crystal display element
JPWO2020121639A1 (en) * 2018-12-12 2021-02-15 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and polymerizable compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2955570A4 (en) 2016-12-07
JPWO2014123056A1 (en) 2017-02-02
EP2955570A1 (en) 2015-12-16
EP2955570B1 (en) 2018-03-28
TWI606113B (en) 2017-11-21
JP5741777B2 (en) 2015-07-01
CN107850809B (en) 2020-09-22
KR20150074194A (en) 2015-07-01
CN107850809A (en) 2018-03-27
US10344214B2 (en) 2019-07-09
US20160108316A1 (en) 2016-04-21
TW201804221A (en) 2018-02-01
KR101563575B1 (en) 2015-10-27
TW201435066A (en) 2014-09-16
US20170321122A1 (en) 2017-11-09
US9719017B2 (en) 2017-08-01
TW201837556A (en) 2018-10-16
TWI721283B (en) 2021-03-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5741777B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6132123B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5333693B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5299595B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5822097B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6414720B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5333694B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6355009B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5930134B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6395007B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6296320B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14748946

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014560740

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157014480

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014748946

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14765104

Country of ref document: US